diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml
index 8dfde91426..72970d9733 100644
--- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml
+++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml
@@ -1,390 +1,390 @@
Writing FreeBSD Device DriversThis chapter was written by &a.murray; with selections from a
variety of sources including the intro(4) man page by
&a.joerg;.IntroductionThis chapter provides a brief introduction to writing device
drivers for FreeBSD. A device in this context is a term used
mostly for hardware-related stuff that belongs to the system,
like disks, printers, or a graphics display with its keyboard.
A device driver is the software component of the operating
system that controls a specific device. There are also
so-called pseudo-devices where a device driver emulates the
behaviour of a device in software without any particular
underlying hardware. Device drivers can be compiled into the
system statically or loaded on demand through the dynamic kernel
linker facility `kld'.Most devices in a Unix-like operating system are accessed
through device-nodes, sometimes also called special files.
These files are usually located under the directory
/dev in the file system hierarchy. Until
devfs is fully integrated into FreeBSD, each device node must be
created statically and independent of the existence of the
associated device driver. Most device nodes on the system are
created by running MAKEDEV.Device drivers can roughly be broken down into two
categories; character and network device drivers.Dynamic Kernel Linker Facility - KLDThe kld interface allows system administrators to
dynamically add and remove functionality from a running system.
This allows device driver writers to load their new changes into
a running kernel without constantly rebooting to test
changes.The kld interface is used through the following
- administrator commands :
+ administrator commands:
kldload - loads a new kernel
modulekldunload - unloads a kernel
modulekldstat - lists the currently loaded
modulesSkeleton Layout of a kernel module/*
* KLD Skeleton
* Inspired by Andrew Reiter's Daemonnews article
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/module.h>
#include <sys/systm.h> /* uprintf */
#include <sys/errno.h>
#include <sys/param.h> /* defines used in kernel.h */
#include <sys/kernel.h> /* types used in module initialization */
/*
* Load handler that deals with the loading and unloading of a KLD.
*/
static int
skel_loader(struct module *m, int what, void *arg)
{
int err = 0;
switch (what) {
case MOD_LOAD: /* kldload */
uprintf("Skeleton KLD loaded.\n");
break;
case MOD_UNLOAD:
uprintf("Skeleton KLD unloaded.\n");
break;
default:
err = EINVAL;
break;
}
return(err);
}
/* Declare this module to the rest of the kernel */
static moduledata_t skel_mod = {
"skel",
skel_loader,
NULL
};
DECLARE_MODULE(skeleton, skel_mod, SI_SUB_KLD, SI_ORDER_ANY);MakefileFreeBSD provides a makefile include that you can use to
quickly compile your kernel addition.SRCS=skeleton.c
KMOD=skeleton
.include <bsd.kmod.mk>Simply running make with this makefile
will create a file skeleton.ko that can
- be loaded into your system by typing :
+ be loaded into your system by typing:
&prompt.root; kldload -v ./skeleton.koAccessing a device driverUnix provides a common set of system calls for user
applications to use. The upper layers of the kernel dispatch
these calls to the corresponding device driver when a user
accesses a device node. The /dev/MAKEDEV
script makes most of the device nodes for your system but if you
are doing your own driver development it may be necessary to
create your own device nodes with mknodCreating static device nodesThe mknod command requires four
arguments to create a device node. You must specify the name
of this device node, the type of device, the major number of
the device, and the minor number of the device.Dynamic device nodesThe device filesystem, or devfs, provides access to the
kernel's device namespace in the global filesystem namespace.
This eliminates the problems of potentially having a device
driver without a static device node, or a device node without
an installed device driver. Devfs is still a work in
progress, but it is already working quite nice.Character DevicesA character device driver is one that transfers data
directly to and from a user process. This is the most common
type of device driver and there are plenty of simple examples in
the source tree.This simple example pseudo-device remembers whatever values
you write to it and can then supply them back to you when you
read from it./*
* Simple `echo' pseudo-device KLD
*
* Murray Stokely
*/
#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/module.h>
#include <sys/systm.h> /* uprintf */
#include <sys/errno.h>
#include <sys/param.h> /* defines used in kernel.h */
#include <sys/kernel.h> /* types used in module initialization */
#include <sys/conf.h> /* cdevsw struct */
#include <sys/uio.h> /* uio struct */
#include <sys/malloc.h>
#define BUFFERSIZE 256
/* Function prototypes */
d_open_t echo_open;
d_close_t echo_close;
d_read_t echo_read;
d_write_t echo_write;
/* Character device entry points */
static struct cdevsw echo_cdevsw = {
echo_open,
echo_close,
echo_read,
echo_write,
noioctl,
nopoll,
nommap,
nostrategy,
"echo",
33, /* reserved for lkms - /usr/src/sys/conf/majors */
nodump,
nopsize,
D_TTY,
-1
};
typedef struct s_echo {
char msg[BUFFERSIZE];
int len;
} t_echo;
/* vars */
static dev_t sdev;
static int len;
static int count;
static t_echo *echomsg;
MALLOC_DECLARE(M_ECHOBUF);
MALLOC_DEFINE(M_ECHOBUF, "echobuffer", "buffer for echo module");
/*
* This function acts is called by the kld[un]load(2) system calls to
* determine what actions to take when a module is loaded or unloaded.
*/
static int
echo_loader(struct module *m, int what, void *arg)
{
int err = 0;
switch (what) {
case MOD_LOAD: /* kldload */
sdev = make_dev(&echo_cdevsw,
0,
UID_ROOT,
GID_WHEEL,
0600,
"echo");
/* kmalloc memory for use by this driver */
/* malloc(256,M_ECHOBUF,M_WAITOK); */
MALLOC(echomsg, t_echo *, sizeof(t_echo), M_ECHOBUF, M_WAITOK);
printf("Echo device loaded.\n");
break;
case MOD_UNLOAD:
destroy_dev(sdev);
FREE(echomsg,M_ECHOBUF);
printf("Echo device unloaded.\n");
break;
default:
err = EINVAL;
break;
}
return(err);
}
int
echo_open(dev_t dev, int oflags, int devtype, struct proc *p)
{
int err = 0;
uprintf("Opened device \"echo\" successfully.\n");
return(err);
}
int
echo_close(dev_t dev, int fflag, int devtype, struct proc *p)
{
uprintf("Closing device \"echo.\"\n");
return(0);
}
/*
* The read function just takes the buf that was saved via
* echo_write() and returns it to userland for accessing.
* uio(9)
*/
int
echo_read(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag)
{
int err = 0;
int amt;
/* How big is this read operation? Either as big as the user wants,
or as big as the remaining data */
amt = MIN(uio->uio_resid, (echomsg->len - uio->uio_offset > 0) ? echomsg->len - uio->uio_offset : 0);
if ((err = uiomove(echomsg->msg + uio->uio_offset,amt,uio)) != 0) {
uprintf("uiomove failed!\n");
}
return err;
}
/*
* echo_write takes in a character string and saves it
* to buf for later accessing.
*/
int
echo_write(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag)
{
int err = 0;
/* Copy the string in from user memory to kernel memory */
err = copyin(uio->uio_iov->iov_base, echomsg->msg, MIN(uio->uio_iov->iov_len,BUFFERSIZE));
/* Now we need to null terminate */
*(echomsg->msg + MIN(uio->uio_iov->iov_len,BUFFERSIZE)) = 0;
/* Record the length */
echomsg->len = MIN(uio->uio_iov->iov_len,BUFFERSIZE);
if (err != 0) {
uprintf("Write failed: bad address!\n");
}
count++;
return(err);
}
DEV_MODULE(echo,echo_loader,NULL);To install this driver you will first need to make a node on
- your filesystem with a command such as :
+ your filesystem with a command such as:
&prompt.root; mknod /dev/echo c 33 0With this driver loaded you should now be able to type
- something like :
+ something like:
&prompt.root; echo -n "Test Data" > /dev/echo
&prompt.root; cat /dev/echo
Test DataReal hardware devices in the next chapter..Additional Resources
Dynamic
Kernel Linker (KLD) Facility Programming Tutorial -
Daemonnews October 2000How
to Write Kernel Drivers with NEWBUS - Daemonnews July
2000Network DriversDrivers for network devices do not use device nodes in order
to be accessed. Their selection is based on other decisions
made inside the kernel and instead of calling open(), use of a
network device is generally introduced by using the system call
socket(2).man ifnet(), loopback device, Bill Paul's drivers,
etc..
diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml
index dde9cd3968..f90c0067c3 100644
--- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml
+++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml
@@ -1,2479 +1,2479 @@
ISA device drivers
This chapter was written by &a.babkin; Modifications for the
handbook made by &a.murray;, &a.wylie;, and &a.logo;.
SynopsisThis chapter introduces the issues relevant to writing a
driver for an ISA device. The pseudo-code presented here is
rather detailed and reminiscent of the real code but is still
only pseudo-code. It avoids the details irrelevant to the
subject of the discussion. The real-life examples can be found
in the source code of real drivers. In particular the drivers
"ep" and "aha" are good sources of information.Basic informationA typical ISA driver would need the following include
files:#include <sys/module.h>
#include <sys/bus.h>
#include <machine/bus.h>
#include <machine/resource.h>
#include <sys/rman.h>
#include <isa/isavar.h>
#include <isa/pnpvar.h>They describe the things specific to the ISA and generic
bus subsystem.The bus subsystem is implemented in an object-oriented
fashion, its main structures are accessed by associated method
functions.The list of bus methods implemented by an ISA driver is like
one for any other bus. For a hypothetical driver named "xxx"
they would be:static void xxx_isa_identify (driver_t *,
device_t); Normally used for bus drivers, not
device drivers. But for ISA devices this method may have
special use: if the device provides some device-specific
(non-PnP) way to auto-detect devices this routine may
implement it.static int xxx_isa_probe (device_t
dev); Probe for a device at a known (or PnP)
location. This routine can also accommodate device-specific
auto-detection of parameters for partially configured
devices.static int xxx_isa_attach (device_t
dev); Attach and initialize device.static int xxx_isa_detach (device_t
dev); Detach device before unloading the driver
module.static int xxx_isa_shutdown (device_t
dev); Execute shutdown of the device before
system shutdown.static int xxx_isa_suspend (device_t
dev); Suspend the device before the system goes
to the power-save state. May also abort transition to the
power-save state.static int xxx_isa_resume (device_t
dev); Resume the device activity after return
from power-save state.xxx_isa_probe() and
xxx_isa_attach() are mandatory, the rest of
the routines are optional, depending on the device's
needs.The driver is linked to the system with the following set of
descriptions. /* table of supported bus methods */
static device_method_t xxx_isa_methods[] = {
/* list all the bus method functions supported by the driver */
/* omit the unsupported methods */
DEVMETHOD(device_identify, xxx_isa_identify),
DEVMETHOD(device_probe, xxx_isa_probe),
DEVMETHOD(device_attach, xxx_isa_attach),
DEVMETHOD(device_detach, xxx_isa_detach),
DEVMETHOD(device_shutdown, xxx_isa_shutdown),
DEVMETHOD(device_suspend, xxx_isa_suspend),
DEVMETHOD(device_resume, xxx_isa_resume),
{ 0, 0 }
};
static driver_t xxx_isa_driver = {
"xxx",
xxx_isa_methods,
sizeof(struct xxx_softc),
};
static devclass_t xxx_devclass;
DRIVER_MODULE(xxx, isa, xxx_isa_driver, xxx_devclass,
load_function, load_argument);Here struct xxx_softc is a
device-specific structure that contains private driver data
and descriptors for the driver's resources. The bus code
automatically allocates one softc descriptor per device as
needed.If the driver is implemented as a loadable module then
load_function() is called to do
driver-specific initialization or clean-up when the driver is
loaded or unloaded and load_argument is passed as one of its
arguments. If the driver does not support dynamic loading (in
other words it must always be linked into kernel) then these
values should be set to 0 and the last definition would look
like: DRIVER_MODULE(xxx, isa, xxx_isa_driver,
xxx_devclass, 0, 0);If the driver is for a device which supports PnP then a
table of supported PnP IDs must be defined. The table
consists of a list of PnP IDs supported by this driver and
human-readable descriptions of the hardware types and models
having these IDs. It looks like: static struct isa_pnp_id xxx_pnp_ids[] = {
/* a line for each supported PnP ID */
{ 0x12345678, "Our device model 1234A" },
{ 0x12345679, "Our device model 1234B" },
{ 0, NULL }, /* end of table */
};If the driver does not support PnP devices it still needs
an empty PnP ID table, like: static struct isa_pnp_id xxx_pnp_ids[] = {
{ 0, NULL }, /* end of table */
};Device_t pointerDevice_t is the pointer type for
the device structure. Here we consider only the methods
interesting from the device driver writer's standpoint. The
methods to manipulate values in the device structure
are:device_t
device_get_parent(dev) Get the parent bus of a
device.driver_t
device_get_driver(dev) Get pointer to its driver
structure.char
*device_get_name(dev) Get the driver name, such
as "xxx" for our example.int device_get_unit(dev)
Get the unit number (units are numbered from 0 for the
devices associated with each driver).char
*device_get_nameunit(dev) Get the device name
- including the unit number, such as "xxx0" , "xxx1" and so
+ including the unit number, such as "xxx0", "xxx1" and so
on.char
*device_get_desc(dev) Get the device
description. Normally it describes the exact model of device
in human-readable form.device_set_desc(dev,
desc) Set the description. This makes the device
description point to the string desc which may not be
deallocated or changed after that.device_set_desc_copy(dev,
desc) Set the description. The description is
copied into an internal dynamically allocated buffer, so the
string desc may be changed afterwards without adverse
effects.void
*device_get_softc(dev) Get pointer to the device
descriptor (struct xxx_softc)
associated with this device.u_int32_t
device_get_flags(dev) Get the flags specified for
the device in the configuration file.A convenience function device_printf(dev, fmt,
...) may be used to print the messages from the
device driver. It automatically prepends the unitname and
colon to the message.The device_t methods are implemented in the file
kern/bus_subr.c.Config file and the order of identifying and probing
during auto-configurationThe ISA devices are described in the kernel config file
like:device xxx0 at isa? port 0x300 irq 10 drq 5
iomem 0xd0000 flags 0x1 sensitiveThe values of port, IRQ and so on are converted to the
resource values associated with the device. They are optional,
depending on the device needs and abilities for
auto-configuration. For example, some devices do not need DRQ
at all and some allow the driver to read the IRQ setting from
the device configuration ports. If a machine has multiple ISA
buses the exact bus may be specified in the configuration
line, like "isa0" or "isa1", otherwise the device would be
searched for on all the ISA buses."sensitive" is a resource requesting that this device must
be probed before all non-sensitive devices. It is supported
but does not seem to be used in any current driver.For legacy ISA devices in many cases the drivers are still
able to detect the configuration parameters. But each device
to be configured in the system must have a config line. If two
devices of some type are installed in the system but there is
only one configuration line for the corresponding driver, ie:
device xxx0 at isa? then only
one device will be configured.But for the devices supporting automatic identification by
the means of Plug-n-Play or some proprietary protocol one
configuration line is enough to configure all the devices in
the system, like the one above or just simply:device xxx at isa?If a driver supports both auto-identified and legacy
devices and both kinds are installed at once in one machine
then it is enough to describe in the config file the legacy
devices only. The auto-identified devices will be added
automatically.When an ISA bus is auto-configured the events happen as
follows:All the drivers' identify routines (including the PnP
identify routine which identifies all the PnP devices) are
called in random order. As they identify the devices they add
them to the list on the ISA bus. Normally the drivers'
identify routines associate their drivers with the new
devices. The PnP identify routine does not know about the
other drivers yet so it does not associate any with the new
devices it adds.The PnP devices are put to sleep using the PnP protocol to
prevent them from being probed as legacy devices.The probe routines of non-PnP devices marked as
"sensitive" are called. If probe for a device went
successfully, the attach routine is called for it.The probe and attach routines of all non-PNP devices are
called likewise.The PnP devices are brought back from the sleep state and
assigned the resources they request: I/O and memory address
ranges, IRQs and DRQs, all of them not conflicting with the
attached legacy devices.Then for each PnP device the probe routines of all the
present ISA drivers are called. The first one that claims the
device gets attached. It is possible that multiple drivers
would claim the device with different priority, the
highest-priority driver wins. The probe routines must call
ISA_PNP_PROBE() to compare the actual PnP
ID with the list of the IDs supported by the driver and if the
ID is not in the table return failure. That means that
absolutely every driver, even the ones not supporting any PnP
devices must call ISA_PNP_PROBE(), at
least with an empty PnP ID table to return failure on unknown
PnP devices.The probe routine returns a positive value (the error
code) on error, zero or negative value on success.The negative return values are used when a PnP device
supports multiple interfaces. For example, an older
compatibility interface and a newer advanced interface which
are supported by different drivers. Then both drivers would
detect the device. The driver which returns a higher value in
the probe routine takes precedence (in other words, the driver
returning 0 has highest precedence, returning -1 is next,
returning -2 is after it and so on). In result the devices
which support only the old interface will be handled by the
old driver (which should return -1 from the probe routine)
while the devices supporting the new interface as well will be
handled by the new driver (which should return 0 from the
probe routine). If multiple drivers return the same value then
the one called first wins. So if a driver returns value 0 it
may be sure that it won the priority arbitration.The device-specific identify routines can also assign not
a driver but a class of drivers to the device. Then all the
drivers in the class are probed for this device, like the case
with PnP. This feature is not implemented in any existing
driver and is not considered further in this document.Because the PnP devices are disabled when probing the
legacy devices they will not be attached twice (once as legacy
and once as PnP). But in case of device-dependent identify
routines it is the responsibility of the driver to make sure
that the same device will not be attached by the driver twice:
once as legacy user-configured and once as
auto-identified.Another practical consequence for the auto-identified
devices (both PnP and device-specific) is that the flags can
not be passed to them from the kernel configuration file. So
they must either not use the flags at all or use the flags
from the device unit 0 for all the auto-identified devices or
use the sysctl interface instead of flags.Other unusual configurations may be accommodated by
accessing the configuration resources directly with functions
of families resource_query_*() and
resource_*_value(). Their implementations
are located in kern/subr_bus.h. The old IDE disk driver
i386/isa/wd.c contains examples of such use. But the standard
means of configuration must always be preferred. Leave parsing
the configuration resources to the bus configuration
code.ResourcesThe information that a user enters into the kernel
configuration file is processed and passed to the kernel as
configuration resources. This information is parsed by the bus
configuration code and transformed into a value of structure
device_t and the bus resources associated with it. The drivers
may access the configuration resources directly using
functions resource_* for more complex cases of
configuration. But generally it is not needed nor recommended,
so this issue is not discussed further.The bus resources are associated with each device. They
are identified by type and number within the type. For the ISA
bus the following types are defined:SYS_RES_IRQ - interrupt
numberSYS_RES_DRQ - ISA DMA channel
numberSYS_RES_MEMORY - range of
device memory mapped into the system memory space
SYS_RES_IOPORT - range of
device I/O registersThe enumeration within types starts from 0, so if a device
has two memory regions if would have resources of type
SYS_RES_MEMORY numbered 0 and 1. The resource type has
nothing to do with the C language type, all the resource
values have the C language type "unsigned long" and must be
cast as necessary. The resource numbers do not have to be
contiguous although for ISA they normally would be. The
permitted resource numbers for ISA devices are: IRQ: 0-1
DRQ: 0-1
MEMORY: 0-3
IOPORT: 0-7All the resources are represented as ranges, with a start
value and count. For IRQ and DRQ resources the count would be
normally equal to 1. The values for memory refer to the
physical addresses.Three types of activities can be performed on
resources:set/getallocate/releaseactivate/deactivateSetting sets the range used by the resource. Allocation
reserves the requested range that no other driver would be
able to reserve it (and checking that no other driver reserved
this range already). Activation makes the resource accessible
to the driver doing whatever is necessary for that (for
example, for memory it would be mapping into the kernel
virtual address space).The functions to manipulate resources are:int bus_set_resource(device_t dev, int type,
int rid, u_long start, u_long count)Set a range for a resource. Returns 0 if successful,
error code otherwise. Normally the only reason this
function would return an error is value of type, rid,
start or count out of permitted range. dev - driver's device type - type of resource, SYS_RES_* rid - resource number (ID) within type start, count - resource range int bus_get_resource(device_t dev, int type,
int rid, u_long *startp, u_long *countp)Get the range of resource. Returns 0 if successful,
error code if the resource is not defined yet.u_long bus_get_resource_start(device_t dev,
int type, int rid) u_long bus_get_resource_count (device_t
dev, int type, int rid)Convenience functions to get only the start or
count. Return 0 in case of error, so if the resource start
has 0 among the legitimate values it would be impossible
to tell if the value is 0 or an error occurred. Luckily,
no ISA resources for add-on drivers may have a start value
equal 0.void bus_delete_resource(device_t dev, int
type, int rid) Delete a resource, make it undefined.struct resource *
bus_alloc_resource(device_t dev, int type, int *rid,
u_long start, u_long end, u_long count, u_int
flags)Allocate a resource as a range of count values not
allocated by anyone else, somewhere between start and
end. Alas, alignment is not supported. If the resource
was not set yet it is automatically created. The special
values of start 0 and end ~0 (all ones) means that the
fixed values previously set by
bus_set_resource() must be used
instead: start and count as themselves and
end=(start+count), in this case if the resource was not
defined before then an error is returned. Although rid is
passed by reference it is not set anywhere by the resource
allocation code of the ISA bus. (The other buses may use a
different approach and modify it).Flags are a bitmap, the flags interesting for the caller
are:RF_ACTIVE - causes the resource
to be automatically activated after allocation.RF_SHAREABLE - resource may be
shared at the same time by multiple drivers.RF_TIMESHARE - resource may be
time-shared by multiple drivers, i.e. allocated at the
same time by many but activated only by one at any given
moment of time.Returns 0 on error. The allocated values may be
obtained from the returned handle using methods
rhand_*().int bus_release_resource(device_t dev, int
type, int rid, struct resource *r)Release the resource, r is the handle returned by
bus_alloc_resource(). Returns 0 on
success, error code otherwise.int bus_activate_resource(device_t dev, int
type, int rid, struct resource *r)int bus_deactivate_resource(device_t dev, int
type, int rid, struct resource *r)Activate or deactivate resource. Return 0 on success,
error code otherwise. If the resource is time-shared and
currently activated by another driver then EBUSY is
returned.int bus_setup_intr(device_t dev, struct
resource *r, int flags, driver_intr_t *handler, void *arg,
void **cookiep)int
bus_teardown_intr(device_t dev, struct resource *r, void
*cookie)Associate or de-associate the interrupt handler with a
device. Return 0 on success, error code otherwise.r - the activated resource handler describing the
IRQflags - the interrupt priority level, one of:INTR_TYPE_TTY - terminals and
other likewise character-type devices. To mask them
use spltty().(INTR_TYPE_TTY |
INTR_TYPE_FAST) - terminal type devices
with small input buffer, critical to the data loss on
input (such as the old-fashioned serial ports). To
mask them use spltty().INTR_TYPE_BIO - block-type
devices, except those on the CAM controllers. To mask
them use splbio().INTR_TYPE_CAM - CAM (Common
Access Method) bus controllers. To mask them use
splcam().INTR_TYPE_NET - network
interface controllers. To mask them use
splimp().INTR_TYPE_MISC -
miscellaneous devices. There is no other way to mask
them than by splhigh() which
masks all interrupts.When an interrupt handler executes all the other
interrupts matching its priority level will be masked. The
only exception is the MISC level for which no other interrupts
are masked and which is not masked by any other
interrupt.handler - pointer to the handler
function, the type driver_intr_t is defined as "void
driver_intr_t(void *)"arg - the argument passed to the
handler to identify this particular device. It is cast
from void* to any real type by the handler. The old
convention for the ISA interrupt handlers was to use the
unit number as argument, the new (recommended) convention
is using a pointer to the device softc structure.cookie[p] - the value received
from setup() is used to identify the
handler when passed to
teardown()A number of methods is defined to operate on the resource
handlers (struct resource *). Those of interest to the device
driver writers are:u_long rman_get_start(r) u_long
rman_get_end(r) Get the start and end of
allocated resource range.void *rman_get_virtual(r) Get
the virtual address of activated memory resource.Bus memory mappingIn many cases data is exchanged between the driver and the
device through the memory. Two variants are possible:(a) memory is located on the device card(b) memory is the main memory of computerIn the case (a) the driver always copies the data back and
forth between the on-card memory and the main memory as
necessary. To map the on-card memory into the kernel virtual
address space the physical address and length of the on-card
memory must be defined as a SYS_RES_MEMORY resource. That
resource can then be allocated and activated, and its virtual
address obtained using
rman_get_virtual(). The older drivers
used the function pmap_mapdev() for this
purpose, which should not be used directly any more. Now it is
one of the internal steps of resource activation.Most of the ISA cards will have their memory configured
for physical location somewhere in range 640KB-1MB. Some of
the ISA cards require larger memory ranges which should be
placed somewhere under 16MB (because of the 24-bit address
limitation on the ISA bus). In that case if the machine has
more memory than the start address of the device memory (in
other words, they overlap) a memory hole must be configured at
the address range used by devices. Many BIOSes allow to
configure a memory hole of 1MB starting at 14MB or
15MB. FreeBSD can handle the memory holes properly if the BIOS
reports them properly (old BIOSes may have this feature
broken).In the case (b) just the address of the data is sent to
the device, and the device uses DMA to actually access the
data in the main memory. Two limitations are present: First,
ISA cards can only access memory below 16MB. Second, the
contiguous pages in virtual address space may not be
contiguous in physical address space, so the device may have
to do scatter/gather operations. The bus subsystem provides
ready solutions for some of these problems, the rest has to be
done by the drivers themselves.Two structures are used for DMA memory allocation,
bus_dma_tag_t and bus_dmamap_t. Tag describes the properties
required for the DMA memory. Map represents a memory block
allocated according to these properties. Multiple maps may be
associated with the same tag.Tags are organized into a tree-like hierarchy with
inheritance of the properties. A child tag inherits all the
requirements of its parent tag or may make them more strict
but never more loose.Normally one top-level tag (with no parent) is created for
each device unit. If multiple memory areas with different
requirements are needed for each device then a tag for each of
them may be created as a child of the parent tag.The tags can be used to create a map in two ways.First, a chunk of contiguous memory conformant with the
tag requirements may be allocated (and later may be
freed). This is normally used to allocate relatively
long-living areas of memory for communication with the
device. Loading of such memory into a map is trivial: it is
always considered as one chunk in the appropriate physical
memory range.Second, an arbitrary area of virtual memory may be loaded
into a map. Each page of this memory will be checked for
conformance to the map requirement. If it conforms then it is
left at its original location. If it is not then a fresh
conformant "bounce page" is allocated and used as intermediate
storage. When writing the data from the non-conformant
original pages they will be copied to their bounce pages first
and then transferred from the bounce pages to the device. When
reading the data would go from the device to the bounce pages
and then copied to their non-conformant original pages. The
process of copying between the original and bounce pages is
called synchronization. This is normally used on per-transfer
basis: buffer for each transfer would be loaded, transfer done
and buffer unloaded.The functions working on the DMA memory are:int bus_dma_tag_create(bus_dma_tag_t parent,
bus_size_t alignment, bus_size_t boundary, bus_addr_t
lowaddr, bus_addr_t highaddr, bus_dma_filter_t *filter, void
*filterarg, bus_size_t maxsize, int nsegments, bus_size_t
maxsegsz, int flags, bus_dma_tag_t *dmat)Create a new tag. Returns 0 on success, the error code
otherwise.parent - parent tag, or NULL to
create a top-level tag alignment -
required physical alignment of the memory area to be
allocated for this tag. Use value 1 for "no specific
alignment". Applies only to the future
bus_dmamem_alloc() but not
bus_dmamap_create() calls.
boundary - physical address
boundary that must not be crossed when allocating the
memory. Use value 0 for "no boundary". Applies only to
the future bus_dmamem_alloc() but
not bus_dmamap_create() calls.
Must be power of 2. If the memory is planned to be used
in non-cascaded DMA mode (i.e. the DMA addresses will be
supplied not by the device itself but by the ISA DMA
controller) then the boundary must be no larger than
64KB (64*1024) due to the limitations of the DMA
hardware.lowaddr, highaddr - the names
are slighlty misleading; these values are used to limit
the permitted range of physical addresses used to
allocate the memory. The exact meaning varies depending
on the planned future use:For bus_dmamem_alloc() all
the addresses from 0 to lowaddr-1 are considered
permitted, the higher ones are forbidden.For bus_dmamap_create() all
the addresses outside the inclusive range [lowaddr;
highaddr] are considered accessible. The addresses
of pages inside the range are passed to the filter
function which decides if they are accessible. If no
filter function is supplied then all the range is
considered unaccessible.For the ISA devices the normal values (with no
filter function) are:lowaddr = BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR_24BIThighaddr = BUS_SPACE_MAXADDRfilter, filterarg - the filter
function and its argument. If NULL is passed for filter
then the whole range [lowaddr, highaddr] is considered
unaccessible when doing
bus_dmamap_create(). Otherwise the
physical address of each attempted page in range
[lowaddr; highaddr] is passed to the filter function
which decides if it is accessible. The prototype of the
filter function is: int filterfunc(void *arg,
bus_addr_t paddr) It must return 0 if the
page is accessible, non-zero otherwise.maxsize - the maximal size of
memory (in bytes) that may be allocated through this
tag. In case it is difficult to estimate or could be
arbitrarily big, the value for ISA devices would be
BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_24BIT.nsegments - maximal number of
scatter-gather segments supported by the device. If
unrestricted then the value BUS_SPACE_UNRESTRICTED
should be used. This value is recommended for the parent
tags, the actual restrictions would then be specified
for the descendant tags. Tags with nsegments equal to
BUS_SPACE_UNRESTRICTED may not be used to actually load
maps, they may be used only as parent tags. The
practical limit for nsegments seems to be about 250-300,
higher values will cause kernel stack overflow. But
anyway the hardware normally can not support that many
scatter-gather buffers.maxsegsz - maximal size of a
scatter-gather segment supported by the device. The
maximal value for ISA device would be
BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_24BIT.flags - a bitmap of flags. The
only interesting flags are:BUS_DMA_ALLOCNOW - requests
to allocate all the potentially needed bounce pages
when creating the tagBUS_DMA_ISA - mysterious
flag used only on Alpha machines. It is not defined
for the i386 machines. Probably it should be used
by all the ISA drivers for Alpha machines but it
looks like there are no such drivers yet.dmat - pointer to the storage
for the new tag to be returnedint bus_dma_tag_destroy(bus_dma_tag_t
dmat)Destroy a tag. Returns 0 on success, the error code
otherwise.dmat - the tag to be destroyedint bus_dmamem_alloc(bus_dma_tag_t dmat,
void** vaddr, int flags, bus_dmamap_t
*mapp)Allocate an area of contiguous memory described by the
tag. The size of memory to be allocated is tag's maxsize.
Returns 0 on success, the error code otherwise. The result
still has to be loaded by
bus_dmamap_load() before used to get
the physical address of the memory.dmat - the tag
vaddr - pointer to the storage
for the kernel virtual address of the allocated area
to be returned.
flags - a bitmap of flags. The only interesting flag is:
BUS_DMA_NOWAIT - if the
memory is not immediately available return the
error. If this flag is not set then the routine
is allowed to sleep waiting until the memory
will become available.
mapp - pointer to the storage
for the new map to be returned
void bus_dmamem_free(bus_dma_tag_t dmat, void
*vaddr, bus_dmamap_t map)
Free the memory allocated by
bus_dmamem_alloc(). As of now
freeing of the memory allocated with ISA restrictions is
not implemented. Because of this the recommended model
of use is to keep and re-use the allocated areas for as
long as possible. Do not lightly free some area and then
shortly allocate it again. That does not mean that
bus_dmamem_free() should not be
used at all: hopefully it will be properly implemented
soon.
dmat - the tag
vaddr - the kernel virtual
address of the memory
map - the map of the memory (as
returned from
bus_dmamem_alloc())
int bus_dmamap_create(bus_dma_tag_t dmat, int
flags, bus_dmamap_t *mapp)
Create a map for the tag, to be used in
bus_dmamap_load() later. Returns 0
on success, the error code otherwise.
dmat - the tag
flags - theoretically, a bit map
of flags. But no flags are defined yet, so as of now
it will be always 0.
mapp - pointer to the storage
for the new map to be returned
int bus_dmamap_destroy(bus_dma_tag_t dmat,
bus_dmamap_t map)
Destroy a map. Returns 0 on success, the error code otherwise.
dmat - the tag to which the map is associated
map - the map to be destroyed
int bus_dmamap_load(bus_dma_tag_t dmat,
bus_dmamap_t map, void *buf, bus_size_t buflen,
bus_dmamap_callback_t *callback, void *callback_arg, int
flags)
Load a buffer into the map (the map must be previously
created by bus_dmamap_create() or
bus_dmamem_alloc()). All the pages
of the buffer are checked for conformance to the tag
requirements and for those not conformant the bounce
pages are allocated. An array of physical segment
descriptors is built and passed to the callback
routine. This callback routine is then expected to
handle it in some way. The number of bounce buffers in
the system is limited, so if the bounce buffers are
needed but not immediately available the request will be
queued and the callback will be called when the bounce
buffers will become available. Returns 0 if the callback
was executed immediately or EINPROGRESS if the request
was queued for future execution. In the latter case the
synchronization with queued callback routine is the
responsibility of the driver.
dmat - the tag
map - the map
buf - kernel virtual address of
the buffer
buflen - length of the buffer
callback,
callback_arg - the callback function and
its argument
The prototype of callback function is:
void callback(void *arg, bus_dma_segment_t
*seg, int nseg, int error)arg - the same as callback_arg
passed to bus_dmamap_load()seg - array of the segment
descriptors
nseg - number of descriptors in
array
error - indication of the
segment number overflow: if it is set to EFBIG then
the buffer did not fit into the maximal number of
segments permitted by the tag. In this case only the
permitted number of descriptors will be in the
array. Handling of this situation is up to the
driver: depending on the desired semantics it can
either consider this an error or split the buffer in
two and handle the second part separately
Each entry in the segments array contains the fields:
ds_addr - physical bus address
of the segment
ds_len - length of the segment
void bus_dmamap_unload(bus_dma_tag_t dmat,
bus_dmamap_t map)unload the map.
dmat - tag
map - loaded map
void bus_dmamap_sync (bus_dma_tag_t dmat,
bus_dmamap_t map, bus_dmasync_op_t op)
Synchronise a loaded buffer with its bounce pages before
and after physical transfer to or from device. This is
the function that does all the necessary copying of data
between the original buffer and its mapped version. The
buffers must be synchronized both before and after doing
the transfer.
dmat - tag
map - loaded map
op - type of synchronization
operation to perform:
BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD - before
reading from device into buffer
BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD - after
reading from device into buffer
BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE - before
writing the buffer to device
BUS_DMASYNC_POSTWRITE - after
writing the buffer to device
As of now PREREAD and POSTWRITE are null operations but that
may change in the future, so they must not be ignored in the
driver. Synchronization is not needed for the memory
obtained from bus_dmamem_alloc().
Before calling the callback function from
bus_dmamap_load() the segment array is
stored in the stack. And it gets pre-allocated for the
maximal number of segments allowed by the tag. Because of
this the practical limit for the number of segments on i386
architecture is about 250-300 (the kernel stack is 4KB minus
the size of the user structure, size of a segment array
entry is 8 bytes, and some space must be left). Because the
array is allocated based on the maximal number this value
must not be set higher than really needed. Fortunately, for
most of hardware the maximal supported number of segments is
much lower. But if the driver wants to handle buffers with a
very large number of scatter-gather segments it should do
that in portions: load part of the buffer, transfer it to
the device, load next part of the buffer, and so on.
Another practical consequence is that the number of segments
may limit the size of the buffer. If all the pages in the
buffer happen to be physically non-contiguous then the
maximal supported buffer size for that fragmented case would
be (nsegments * page_size). For example, if a maximal number
of 10 segments is supported then on i386 maximal guaranteed
supported buffer size would be 40K. If a higher size is
desired then special tricks should be used in the driver.
If the hardware does not support scatter-gather at all or
the driver wants to support some buffer size even if it is
heavily fragmented then the solution is to allocate a
contiguous buffer in the driver and use it as intermediate
storage if the original buffer does not fit.
Below are the typical call sequences when using a map depend
on the use of the map. The characters -> are used to show
the flow of time.
For a buffer which stays practically fixed during all the
time between attachment and detachment of a device:
bus_dmamem_alloc -> bus_dmamap_load -> ...use buffer... ->
-> bus_dmamap_unload -> bus_dmamem_free
For a buffer that changes frequently and is passed from
outside the driver:
bus_dmamap_create ->
-> bus_dmamap_load -> bus_dmamap_sync(PRE...) -> do transfer ->
-> bus_dmamap_sync(POST...) -> bus_dmamap_unload ->
...
-> bus_dmamap_load -> bus_dmamap_sync(PRE...) -> do transfer ->
-> bus_dmamap_sync(POST...) -> bus_dmamap_unload ->
-> bus_dmamap_destroy
When loading a map created by
bus_dmamem_alloc() the passed address
and size of the buffer must be the same as used in
bus_dmamem_alloc(). In this case it is
guaranteed that the whole buffer will be mapped as one
segment (so the callback may be based on this assumption)
and the request will be executed immediately (EINPROGRESS
will never be returned). All the callback needs to do in
this case is to save the physical address.
A typical example would be:
static void
alloc_callback(void *arg, bus_dma_segment_t *seg, int nseg, int error)
{
*(bus_addr_t *)arg = seg[0].ds_addr;
}
...
int error;
struct somedata {
....
};
struct somedata *vsomedata; /* virtual address */
bus_addr_t psomedata; /* physical bus-relative address */
bus_dma_tag_t tag_somedata;
bus_dmamap_t map_somedata;
...
error=bus_dma_tag_create(parent_tag, alignment,
boundary, lowaddr, highaddr, /*filter*/ NULL, /*filterarg*/ NULL,
/*maxsize*/ sizeof(struct somedata), /*nsegments*/ 1,
/*maxsegsz*/ sizeof(struct somedata), /*flags*/ 0,
&tag_somedata);
if(error)
return error;
error = bus_dmamem_alloc(tag_somedata, &vsomedata, /* flags*/ 0,
&map_somedata);
if(error)
return error;
bus_dmamap_load(tag_somedata, map_somedata, (void *)vsomedata,
sizeof (struct somedata), alloc_callback,
(void *) &psomedata, /*flags*/0);
Looks a bit long and complicated but that is the way to do
it. The practical consequence is: if multiple memory areas
are allocated always together it would be a really good idea
to combine them all into one structure and allocate as one
(if the alignment and boundary limitations permit).
When loading an arbitrary buffer into the map created by
bus_dmamap_create() special measures
must be taken to synchronize with the callback in case it
would be delayed. The code would look like:
{
int s;
int error;
s = splsoftvm();
error = bus_dmamap_load(
dmat,
dmamap,
buffer_ptr,
buffer_len,
callback,
/*callback_arg*/ buffer_descriptor,
/*flags*/0);
if (error == EINPROGRESS) {
/*
* Do whatever is needed to ensure synchronization
* with callback. Callback is guaranteed not to be started
* until we do splx() or tsleep().
*/
}
splx(s);
}
Two possible approaches for the processing of requests are:
1. If requests are completed by marking them explicitly as
done (such as the CAM requests) then it would be simpler to
put all the further processing into the callback driver
which would mark the request when it is done. Then not much
extra synchronization is needed. For the flow control
reasons it may be a good idea to freeze the request queue
until this request gets completed.
2. If requests are completed when the function returns (such
as classic read or write requests on character devices) then
a synchronization flag should be set in the buffer
descriptor and tsleep() called. Later
when the callback gets called it will do its processing and
check this synchronization flag. If it is set then the
callback should issue a wakeup. In this approach the
callback function could either do all the needed processing
(just like the previous case) or simply save the segments
array in the buffer descriptor. Then after callback
completes the calling function could use this saved segments
array and do all the processing.
DMA
The Direct Memory Access (DMA) is implemented in the ISA bus
through the DMA controller (actually, two of them but that is
an irrelevant detail). To make the early ISA devices simple
and cheap the logic of the bus control and address
generation was concentrated in the DMA controller.
Fortunately, FreeBSD provides a set of functions that mostly
hide the annoying details of the DMA controller from the
device drivers.
The simplest case is for the fairly intelligent
devices. Like the bus master devices on PCI they can
generate the bus cycles and memory addresses all by
themselves. The only thing they really need from the DMA
controller is bus arbitration. So for this purpose they
pretend to be cascaded slave DMA controllers. And the only
thing needed from the system DMA controller is to enable the
cascaded mode on a DMA channel by calling the following
function when attaching the driver:
void isa_dmacascade(int channel_number)
All the further activity is done by programming the
device. When detaching the driver no DMA-related functions
need to be called.
For the simpler devices things get more complicated. The
functions used are:
int isa_dma_acquire(int chanel_number)
Reserve a DMA channel. Returns 0 on success or EBUSY
if the channel was already reserved by this or a
different driver. Most of the ISA devices are not able
to share DMA channels anyway, so normally this
function is called when attaching a device. This
reservation was made redundant by the modern interface
of bus resources but still must be used in addition to
the latter. If not used then later, other DMA routines
will panic.
int isa_dma_release(int chanel_number)
Release a previously reserved DMA channel. No
transfers must be in progress when the channel is
released (as well as the device must not try to
initiate transfer after the channel is released).
void isa_dmainit(int chan, u_int
bouncebufsize)
Allocate a bounce buffer for use with the specified
channel. The requested size of the buffer can not exceed
64KB. This bounce buffer will be automatically used
later if a transfer buffer happens to be not
physically contiguous or outside of the memory
accessible by the ISA bus or crossing the 64KB
boundary. If the transfers will be always done from
buffers which conform to these conditions (such as
those allocated by
bus_dmamem_alloc() with proper
limitations) then isa_dmainit()
does not have to be called. But it is quite convenient
to transfer arbitrary data using the DMA controller.
The bounce buffer will automatically care of the
scatter-gather issues.
chan - channel number
bouncebufsize - size of the
bounce buffer in bytes
void isa_dmastart(int flags, caddr_t addr, u_int
nbytes, int chan)
Prepare to start a DMA transfer. This function must be
called to set up the DMA controller before actually
starting transfer on the device. It checks that the
buffer is contiguous and falls into the ISA memory
range, if not then the bounce buffer is automatically
used. If bounce buffer is required but not set up by
isa_dmainit() or too small for
the requested transfer size then the system will
panic. In case of a write request with bounce buffer
the data will be automatically copied to the bounce
buffer.
flags - a bitmask determining the type of operation to
be done. The direction bits B_READ and B_WRITE are mutually
exclusive.
B_READ - read from the ISA bus into memory
B_WRITE - write from the memory to the ISA bus
B_RAW - if set then the DMA controller will remember
the buffer and after the end of transfer will
automatically re-initialize itself to repeat transfer
of the same buffer again (of course, the driver may
change the data in the buffer before initiating
another transfer in the device). If not set then the
parameters will work only for one transfer, and
isa_dmastart() will have to be
called again before initiating the next
transfer. Using B_RAW makes sense only if the bounce
buffer is not used.
addr - virtual address of the buffer
nbytes - length of the buffer. Must be less or equal to
64KB. Length of 0 is not allowed: the DMA controller will
understand it as 64KB while the kernel code will
understand it as 0 and that would cause unpredictable
effects. For channels number 4 and higher the length must
be even because these channels transfer 2 bytes at a
time. In case of an odd length the last byte will not be
transferred.
chan - channel number
void isa_dmadone(int flags, caddr_t addr, int
nbytes, int chan)
Synchronize the memory after device reports that transfer
is done. If that was a read operation with a bounce buffer
then the data will be copied from the bounce buffer to the
original buffer. Arguments are the same as for
isa_dmastart(). Flag B_RAW is
permitted but it does not affect
isa_dmadone() in any way.
int isa_dmastatus(int channel_number)
Returns the number of bytes left in the current transfer
to be transferred. In case the flag B_READ was set in
isa_dmastart() the number returned
will never be equal to zero. At the end of transfer it
will be automatically reset back to the length of
buffer. The normal use is to check the number of bytes
left after the device signals that the transfer is
completed. If the number of bytes is not 0 then probably
something went wrong with that transfer.
int isa_dmastop(int channel_number)
Aborts the current transfer and returns the number of
bytes left untransferred.
xxx_isa_probe
This function probes if a device is present. If the driver
supports auto-detection of some part of device configuration
(such as interrupt vector or memory address) this
auto-detection must be done in this routine.
As for any other bus, if the device cannot be detected or
is detected but failed the self-test or some other problem
happened then it returns a positive value of error. The
value ENXIO must be returned if the device is not
present. Other error values may mean other conditions. Zero
or negative values mean success. Most of the drivers return
zero as success.
The negative return values are used when a PnP device
supports multiple interfaces. For example, an older
compatibility interface and a newer advanced interface which
are supported by different drivers. Then both drivers would
detect the device. The driver which returns a higher value
in the probe routine takes precedence (in other words, the
driver returning 0 has highest precedence, one returning -1
is next, one returning -2 is after it and so on). In result
the devices which support only the old interface will be
handled by the old driver (which should return -1 from the
probe routine) while the devices supporting the new
interface as well will be handled by the new driver (which
should return 0 from the probe routine).
The device descriptor struct xxx_softc is allocated by the
system before calling the probe routine. If the probe
routine returns an error the descriptor will be
automatically deallocated by the system. So if a probing
error occurs the driver must make sure that all the
resources it used during probe are deallocated and that
nothing keeps the descriptor from being safely
deallocated. If the probe completes successfully the
descriptor will be preserved by the system and later passed
to the routine xxx_isa_attach(). If a
driver returns a negative value it can not be sure that it
will have the highest priority and its attach routine will
be called. So in this case it also must release all the
resources before returning and if necessary allocate them
again in the attach routine. When
xxx_isa_probe() returns 0 releasing the
resources before returning is also a good idea, a
well-behaved driver should do so. But in case if there is
some problem with releasing the resources the driver is
allowed to keep resources between returning 0 from the probe
routine and execution of the attach routine.
A typical probe routine starts with getting the device
descriptor and unit:
struct xxx_softc *sc = device_get_softc(dev);
int unit = device_get_unit(dev);
int pnperror;
int error = 0;
sc->dev = dev; /* link it back */
sc->unit = unit;
Then check for the PnP devices. The check is carried out by
a table containing the list of PnP IDs supported by this
driver and human-readable descriptions of the device models
corresponding to these IDs.
pnperror=ISA_PNP_PROBE(device_get_parent(dev), dev,
xxx_pnp_ids); if(pnperror == ENXIO) return ENXIO;
The logic of ISA_PNP_PROBE is the following: If this card
(device unit) was not detected as PnP then ENOENT will be
returned. If it was detected as PnP but its detected ID does
not match any of the IDs in the table then ENXIO is
returned. Finally, if it has PnP support and it matches on
of the IDs in the table, 0 is returned and the appropriate
description from the table is set by
device_set_desc().
If a driver supports only PnP devices then the condition
would look like:
if(pnperror != 0)
return pnperror;
No special treatment is required for the drivers which do not
support PnP because they pass an empty PnP ID table and will
always get ENXIO if called on a PnP card.
The probe routine normally needs at least some minimal set
of resources, such as I/O port number to find the card and
probe it. Depending on the hardware the driver may be able
to discover the other necessary resources automatically. The
PnP devices have all the resources pre-set by the PnP
subsystem, so the driver does not need to discover them by
itself.
Typically the minimal information required to get access to
the device is the I/O port number. Then some devices allow
to get the rest of information from the device configuration
registers (though not all devices do that). So first we try
to get the port start value:
sc->port0 = bus_get_resource_start(dev,
SYS_RES_IOPORT, 0 /*rid*/); if(sc->port0 == 0) return ENXIO;
The base port address is saved in the structure softc for
future use. If it will be used very often then calling the
resource function each time would be prohibitively slow. If
we do not get a port we just return an error. Some device
drivers can instead be clever and try to probe all the
possible ports, like this:
/* table of all possible base I/O port addresses for this device */
static struct xxx_allports {
u_short port; /* port address */
short used; /* flag: if this port is already used by some unit */
} xxx_allports = {
{ 0x300, 0 },
{ 0x320, 0 },
{ 0x340, 0 },
{ 0, 0 } /* end of table */
};
...
int port, i;
...
port = bus_get_resource_start(dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, 0 /*rid*/);
if(port !=0 ) {
for(i=0; xxx_allports[i].port!=0; i++) {
if(xxx_allports[i].used || xxx_allports[i].port != port)
continue;
/* found it */
xxx_allports[i].used = 1;
/* do probe on a known port */
return xxx_really_probe(dev, port);
}
return ENXIO; /* port is unknown or already used */
}
/* we get here only if we need to guess the port */
for(i=0; xxx_allports[i].port!=0; i++) {
if(xxx_allports[i].used)
continue;
/* mark as used - even if we find nothing at this port
* at least we won't probe it in future
*/
xxx_allports[i].used = 1;
error = xxx_really_probe(dev, xxx_allports[i].port);
if(error == 0) /* found a device at that port */
return 0;
}
/* probed all possible addresses, none worked */
return ENXIO;
Of course, normally the driver's
identify() routine should be used for
such things. But there may be one valid reason why it may be
better to be done in probe(): if this
probe would drive some other sensitive device crazy. The
probe routines are ordered with consideration of the
"sensitive" flag: the sensitive devices get probed first and
the rest of devices later. But the
identify() routines are called before
any probes, so they show no respect to the sensitive devices
and may upset them.
Now, after we got the starting port we need to set the port
count (except for PnP devices) because the kernel does not
have this information in the configuration file.
if(pnperror /* only for non-PnP devices */
&& bus_set_resource(dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, 0, sc->port0,
XXX_PORT_COUNT)<0)
return ENXIO;
Finally allocate and activate a piece of port address space
(special values of start and end mean "use those we set by
bus_set_resource()"):
sc->port0_rid = 0;
sc->port0_r = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT,
&sc->port0_rid,
/*start*/ 0, /*end*/ ~0, /*count*/ 0, RF_ACTIVE);
if(sc->port0_r == NULL)
return ENXIO;
Now having access to the port-mapped registers we can poke
the device in some way and check if it reacts like it is
expected to. If it does not then there is probably some
other device or no device at all at this address.
Normally drivers do not set up the interrupt handlers until
the attach routine. Instead they do probes in the polling
mode using the DELAY() function for
timeout. The probe routine must never hang forever, all the
waits for the device must be done with timeouts. If the
device does not respond within the time it is probably broken
or misconfigured and the driver must return error. When
determining the timeout interval give the device some extra
time to be on the safe side: although
DELAY() is supposed to delay for the
same amount of time on any machine it has some margin of
error, depending on the exact CPU.
If the probe routine really wants to check that the
interrupts really work it may configure and probe the
interrupts too. But that is not recommended.
/* implemented in some very device-specific way */
if(error = xxx_probe_ports(sc))
goto bad; /* will deallocate the resources before returning */
The function xxx_probe_ports() may also
set the device description depending on the exact model of
device it discovers. But if there is only one supported
device model this can be as well done in a hardcoded way.
Of course, for the PnP devices the PnP support sets the
description from the table automatically.
if(pnperror)
device_set_desc(dev, "Our device model 1234");
Then the probe routine should either discover the ranges of
all the resources by reading the device configuration
registers or make sure that they were set explicitly by the
user. We will consider it with an example of on-board
memory. The probe routine should be as non-intrusive as
possible, so allocation and check of functionality of the
rest of resources (besides the ports) would be better left
to the attach routine.
The memory address may be specified in the kernel
configuration file or on some devices it may be
pre-configured in non-volatile configuration registers. If
both sources are available and different, which one should
be used? Probably if the user bothered to set the address
explicitly in the kernel configuration file they know what
they are doing and this one should take precedence. An
example of implementation could be:
/* try to find out the config address first */
sc->mem0_p = bus_get_resource_start(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, 0 /*rid*/);
if(sc->mem0_p == 0) { /* nope, not specified by user */
sc->mem0_p = xxx_read_mem0_from_device_config(sc);
if(sc->mem0_p == 0)
/* can't get it from device config registers either */
goto bad;
} else {
if(xxx_set_mem0_address_on_device(sc) < 0)
goto bad; /* device does not support that address */
}
/* just like the port, set the memory size,
* for some devices the memory size would not be constant
* but should be read from the device configuration registers instead
* to accommodate different models of devices. Another option would
* be to let the user set the memory size as "msize" configuration
* resource which will be automatically handled by the ISA bus.
*/
if(pnperror) { /* only for non-PnP devices */
sc->mem0_size = bus_get_resource_count(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, 0 /*rid*/);
if(sc->mem0_size == 0) /* not specified by user */
sc->mem0_size = xxx_read_mem0_size_from_device_config(sc);
if(sc->mem0_size == 0) {
/* suppose this is a very old model of device without
* auto-configuration features and the user gave no preference,
* so assume the minimalistic case
* (of course, the real value will vary with the driver)
*/
sc->mem0_size = 8*1024;
}
if(xxx_set_mem0_size_on_device(sc) < 0)
goto bad; /* device does not support that size */
if(bus_set_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, /*rid*/0,
sc->mem0_p, sc->mem0_size)<0)
goto bad;
} else {
sc->mem0_size = bus_get_resource_count(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, 0 /*rid*/);
}
Resources for IRQ and DRQ are easy to check by analogy.
If all went well then release all the resources and return success.
xxx_free_resources(sc);
return 0;
Finally, handle the troublesome situations. All the
resources should be deallocated before returning. We make
use of the fact that before the structure softc is passed to
us it gets zeroed out, so we can find out if some resource
was allocated: then its descriptor is non-zero.
bad:
xxx_free_resources(sc);
if(error)
return error;
else /* exact error is unknown */
return ENXIO;
That would be all for the probe routine. Freeing of
resources is done from multiple places, so it is moved to a
function which may look like:
static void
xxx_free_resources(sc)
struct xxx_softc *sc;
{
/* check every resource and free if not zero */
/* interrupt handler */
if(sc->intr_r) {
bus_teardown_intr(sc->dev, sc->intr_r, sc->intr_cookie);
bus_release_resource(sc->dev, SYS_RES_IRQ, sc->intr_rid,
sc->intr_r);
sc->intr_r = 0;
}
/* all kinds of memory maps we could have allocated */
if(sc->data_p) {
bus_dmamap_unload(sc->data_tag, sc->data_map);
sc->data_p = 0;
}
if(sc->data) { /* sc->data_map may be legitimately equal to 0 */
/* the map will also be freed */
bus_dmamem_free(sc->data_tag, sc->data, sc->data_map);
sc->data = 0;
}
if(sc->data_tag) {
bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc->data_tag);
sc->data_tag = 0;
}
... free other maps and tags if we have them ...
if(sc->parent_tag) {
bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc->parent_tag);
sc->parent_tag = 0;
}
/* release all the bus resources */
if(sc->mem0_r) {
bus_release_resource(sc->dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, sc->mem0_rid,
sc->mem0_r);
sc->mem0_r = 0;
}
...
if(sc->port0_r) {
bus_release_resource(sc->dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, sc->port0_rid,
sc->port0_r);
sc->port0_r = 0;
}
}xxx_isa_attachThe attach routine actually connects the driver to the
system if the probe routine returned success and the system
had chosen to attach that driver. If the probe routine
returned 0 then the attach routine may expect to receive the
device structure softc intact, as it was set by the probe
routine. Also if the probe routine returns 0 it may expect
that the attach routine for this device shall be called at
some point in the future. If the probe routine returns a
negative value then the driver may make none of these
assumptions.
The attach routine returns 0 if it completed successfully or
error code otherwise.
The attach routine starts just like the probe routine,
with getting some frequently used data into more accessible
variables.
struct xxx_softc *sc = device_get_softc(dev);
int unit = device_get_unit(dev);
int error = 0;Then allocate and activate all the necessary
resources. Because normally the port range will be released
before returning from probe, it has to be allocated
again. We expect that the probe routine had properly set all
the resource ranges, as well as saved them in the structure
softc. If the probe routine had left some resource allocated
then it does not need to be allocated again (which would be
considered an error).
sc->port0_rid = 0;
sc->port0_r = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, &sc->port0_rid,
/*start*/ 0, /*end*/ ~0, /*count*/ 0, RF_ACTIVE);
if(sc->port0_r == NULL)
return ENXIO;
/* on-board memory */
sc->mem0_rid = 0;
sc->mem0_r = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, &sc->mem0_rid,
/*start*/ 0, /*end*/ ~0, /*count*/ 0, RF_ACTIVE);
if(sc->mem0_r == NULL)
goto bad;
/* get its virtual address */
sc->mem0_v = rman_get_virtual(sc->mem0_r);The DMA request channel (DRQ) is allocated likewise. To
initialize it use functions of the
isa_dma*() family. For example:
isa_dmacascade(sc->drq0);The interrupt request line (IRQ) is a bit
special. Besides allocation the driver's interrupt handler
should be associated with it. Historically in the old ISA
drivers the argument passed by the system to the interrupt
handler was the device unit number. But in modern drivers
the convention suggests passing the pointer to structure
softc. The important reason is that when the structures
softc are allocated dynamically then getting the unit number
from softc is easy while getting softc from unit number is
difficult. Also this convention makes the drivers for
different buses look more uniform and allows them to share
the code: each bus gets its own probe, attach, detach and
other bus-specific routines while the bulk of the driver
code may be shared among them.
sc->intr_rid = 0;
sc->intr_r = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, &sc->intr_rid,
/*start*/ 0, /*end*/ ~0, /*count*/ 0, RF_ACTIVE);
if(sc->intr_r == NULL)
goto bad;
/*
* XXX_INTR_TYPE is supposed to be defined depending on the type of
* the driver, for example as INTR_TYPE_CAM for a CAM driver
*/
error = bus_setup_intr(dev, sc->intr_r, XXX_INTR_TYPE,
(driver_intr_t *) xxx_intr, (void *) sc, &sc->intr_cookie);
if(error)
goto bad;
If the device needs to make DMA to the main memory then
this memory should be allocated like described before:
error=bus_dma_tag_create(NULL, /*alignment*/ 4,
/*boundary*/ 0, /*lowaddr*/ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR_24BIT,
/*highaddr*/ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /*filter*/ NULL, /*filterarg*/ NULL,
/*maxsize*/ BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_24BIT,
/*nsegments*/ BUS_SPACE_UNRESTRICTED,
/*maxsegsz*/ BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_24BIT, /*flags*/ 0,
&sc->parent_tag);
if(error)
goto bad;
/* many things get inherited from the parent tag
* sc->data is supposed to point to the structure with the shared data,
* for example for a ring buffer it could be:
* struct {
* u_short rd_pos;
* u_short wr_pos;
* char bf[XXX_RING_BUFFER_SIZE]
* } *data;
*/
error=bus_dma_tag_create(sc->parent_tag, 1,
0, BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, 0, /*filter*/ NULL, /*filterarg*/ NULL,
/*maxsize*/ sizeof(* sc->data), /*nsegments*/ 1,
/*maxsegsz*/ sizeof(* sc->data), /*flags*/ 0,
&sc->data_tag);
if(error)
goto bad;
error = bus_dmamem_alloc(sc->data_tag, &sc->data, /* flags*/ 0,
&sc->data_map);
if(error)
goto bad;
/* xxx_alloc_callback() just saves the physical address at
* the pointer passed as its argument, in this case &sc->data_p.
* See details in the section on bus memory mapping.
* It can be implemented like:
*
* static void
* xxx_alloc_callback(void *arg, bus_dma_segment_t *seg,
* int nseg, int error)
* {
* *(bus_addr_t *)arg = seg[0].ds_addr;
* }
*/
bus_dmamap_load(sc->data_tag, sc->data_map, (void *)sc->data,
sizeof (* sc->data), xxx_alloc_callback, (void *) &sc->data_p,
/*flags*/0);After all the necessary resources are allocated the
device should be initialized. The initialization may include
testing that all the expected features are functional. if(xxx_initialize(sc) < 0)
goto bad; The bus subsystem will automatically print on the
console the device description set by probe. But if the
driver wants to print some extra information about the
device it may do so, for example:
device_printf(dev, "has on-card FIFO buffer of %d bytes\n", sc->fifosize);
If the initialization routine experiences any problems
then printing messages about them before returning error is
also recommended.The final step of the attach routine is attaching the
device to its functional subsystem in the kernel. The exact
way to do it depends on the type of the driver: a character
device, a block device, a network device, a CAM SCSI bus
device and so on.If all went well then return success. error = xxx_attach_subsystem(sc);
if(error)
goto bad;
return 0; Finally, handle the troublesome situations. All the
resources should be deallocated before returning an
error. We make use of the fact that before the structure
softc is passed to us it gets zeroed out, so we can find out
if some resource was allocated: then its descriptor is
non-zero. bad:
xxx_free_resources(sc);
if(error)
return error;
else /* exact error is unknown */
return ENXIO;That would be all for the attach routine.xxx_isa_detach
If this function is present in the driver and the driver is
compiled as a loadable module then the driver gets the
ability to be unloaded. This is an important feature if the
hardware supports hot plug. But the ISA bus does not support
hot plug, so this feature is not particularly important for
the ISA devices. The ability to unload a driver may be
useful when debugging it, but in many cases installation of
the new version of the driver would be required only after
the old version somehow wedges the system and reboot will be
needed anyway, so the efforts spent on writing the detach
routine may not be worth it. Another argument is that
unloading would allow upgrading the drivers on a production
machine seems to be mostly theoretical. Installing a new
version of a driver is a dangerous operation which should
never be performed on a production machine (and which is not
permitted when the system is running in secure mode). Still
the detach routine may be provided for the sake of
completeness.
The detach routine returns 0 if the driver was successfully
detached or the error code otherwise.
The logic of detach is a mirror of the attach. The first
thing to do is to detach the driver from its kernel
subsystem. If the device is currently open then the driver
has two choices: refuse to be detached or forcibly close and
proceed with detach. The choice used depends on the ability
of the particular kernel subsystem to do a forced close and
on the preferences of the driver's author. Generally the
forced close seems to be the preferred alternative.
struct xxx_softc *sc = device_get_softc(dev);
int error;
error = xxx_detach_subsystem(sc);
if(error)
return error;
Next the driver may want to reset the hardware to some
consistent state. That includes stopping any ongoing
transfers, disabling the DMA channels and interrupts to
avoid memory corruption by the device. For most of the
drivers this is exactly what the shutdown routine does, so
if it is included in the driver we can as well just call it.
xxx_isa_shutdown(dev);
And finally release all the resources and return success.
xxx_free_resources(sc);
return 0;xxx_isa_shutdown
This routine is called when the system is about to be shut
down. It is expected to bring the hardware to some
consistent state. For most of the ISA devices no special
action is required, so the function is not really necessary
because the device will be re-initialized on reboot
anyway. But some devices have to be shut down with a special
procedure, to make sure that they will be properly detected
after soft reboot (this is especially true for many devices
with proprietary identification protocols). In any case
disabling DMA and interrupts in the device registers and
stopping any ongoing transfers is a good idea. The exact
action depends on the hardware, so we do not consider it here
in any details.
xxx_intr
The interrupt handler is called when an interrupt is
received which may be from this particular device. The ISA
bus does not support interrupt sharing (except some special
cases) so in practice if the interrupt handler is called
then the interrupt almost for sure came from its
device. Still the interrupt handler must poll the device
registers and make sure that the interrupt was generated by
its device. If not it should just return.
The old convention for the ISA drivers was getting the
device unit number as an argument. It is obsolete, and the
new drivers receive whatever argument was specified for them
in the attach routine when calling
bus_setup_intr(). By the new convention
it should be the pointer to the structure softc. So the
interrupt handler commonly starts as:
static void
xxx_intr(struct xxx_softc *sc)
{
It runs at the interrupt priority level specified by the
interrupt type parameter of
bus_setup_intr(). That means that all
the other interrupts of the same type as well as all the
software interrupts are disabled.
To avoid races it is commonly written as a loop:
while(xxx_interrupt_pending(sc)) {
xxx_process_interrupt(sc);
xxx_acknowledge_interrupt(sc);
}
The interrupt handler has to acknowledge interrupt to the
device only but not to the interrupt controller, the system
takes care of the latter.
diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml
index df99e3e2a4..47f6523a78 100644
--- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml
+++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml
@@ -1,611 +1,611 @@
Evan Sarmientoevms@cs.bu.edu2001Evan SarmientoThe Jail SubsystemOn most UNIX systems, root has omnipotent power. This promotes
insecurity. If an attacker were to gain root on a system, he would
have every function at his fingertips. In FreeBSD there are
sysctls which dilute the power of root, in order to minimize the
damage caused by an attacker. Specifically, one of these functions
is called secure levels. Similarly, another function which is
present from FreeBSD 4.0 and onward, is a utility called
&man.jail.8;. Jail chroots an
environment and sets certain restrictions on processes which are
forked from within. For example, a jailed process cannot affect
processes outside of the jail, utilize certain system calls, or
inflict any damage on the main computer.Jail is becoming the new security
model. People are running potentially vulnerable servers such as
Apache, BIND, and sendmail within jails, so that if an attacker
gains root within the Jail, it is only
an annoyance, and not a devastation. This article focuses on the
internals (source code) of Jail and
Jail NG. It will also suggest
improvements upon the jail code base which are already being
worked on. If you are looking for a how-to on setting up a
Jail, I suggest you look at my other
article in Sys Admin Magazine, May 2001, entitled "Securing
FreeBSD using Jail."ArchitectureJail consists of two realms: the
user-space program, jail, and the code implemented within the
kernel: the jail() system call and associated
restrictions. I will be discussing the user-space program and
then how jail is implemented within the kernel.Userland codeThe source for the user-land jail is located in
- /usr/src/usr.sbin/jail , consisting of
+ /usr/src/usr.sbin/jail, consisting of
one file, jail.c. The program takes these
arguments: the path of the jail, hostname, ip address, and the
command to be executed.Data StructuresIn jail.c, the first thing I would
note is the declaration of an important structure
struct jail j; which was included from
/usr/include/sys/jail.h .
The definition of the jail structure is:/usr/include/sys/jail.h:
struct jail {
u_int32_t version;
char *path;
char *hostname;
u_int32_t ip_number;
};As you can see, there is an entry for each of the
arguments passed to the jail program, and indeed, they are
set during it's execution./usr/src/usr.sbin/jail.c
j.version = 0;
j.path = argv[1];
j.hostname = argv[2];NetworkingOne of the arguments passed to the Jail program is an IP
address with which the jail can be accessed over the
network. Jail translates the ip address given into network
byte order and then stores it in j (the jail structure)./usr/src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.c:
struct in.addr in;
...
i = inet.aton(argv[3], );
...
j.ip.number = ntohl(in.s.addr);The
inet_aton3
function "interprets the specified character string as an
Internet address, placing the address into the structure
provided." The ip number node in the jail structure is set
only when the ip address placed onto the in structure by
inet aton is translated into network byte order by
ntohl().Jailing The ProcessFinally, the userland program jails the process, and
executes the command specified. Jail now becomes an
imprisoned process itself and forks a child process which
then executes the command given using &man.execv.3;
/usr/src/sys/usr.sbin/jail/jail.c
i = jail();
...
i = execv(argv[4], argv + 4);As you can see, the jail function is being called, and
its argument is the jail structure which has been filled
with the arguments given to the program. Finally, the
program you specify is executed. I will now discuss how Jail
is implemented within the kernel.Kernel SpaceWe will now be looking at the file
/usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c. This is
the file where the jail system call, appropriate sysctls, and
networking functions are defined.sysctlsIn kern_jail.c, the following
sysctls are defined:/usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c:
int jail_set_hostname_allowed = 1;
SYSCTL_INT(_jail, OID_AUTO, set_hostname_allowed, CTLFLAG_RW,
_set_hostname_allowed, 0,
"Processes in jail can set their hostnames");
int jail_socket_unixiproute_only = 1;
SYSCTL_INT(_jail, OID_AUTO, socket_unixiproute_only, CTLFLAG_RW,
_socket_unixiproute_only, 0,
"Processes in jail are limited to creating UNIX/IPv4/route sockets only
");
int jail_sysvipc_allowed = 0;
SYSCTL_INT(_jail, OID_AUTO, sysvipc_allowed, CTLFLAG_RW,
_sysvipc_allowed, 0,
"Processes in jail can use System V IPC primitives");Each of these sysctls can be accessed by the user
through the sysctl program. Throughout the kernel, these
specific sysctls are recognized by their name. For example,
the name of the first sysctl is
jail.set.hostname.allowed.&man.jail.2; system callLike all system calls, the &man.jail.2; system call takes
two arguments, struct proc *p and
struct jail_args
*uap. p is a pointer to a proc
structure which describes the calling process. In this
context, uap is a pointer to a structure which specifies the
arguments given to &man.jail.2; from the userland program
jail.c. When I described the userland
program before, you saw that the &man.jail.2; system call was
given a jail structure as its own argument./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c:
int
jail(p, uap)
struct proc *p;
struct jail_args /* {
syscallarg(struct jail *) jail;
} */ *uap;Therefore, uap->jail would access the
jail structure which was passed to the system call. Next,
the system call copies the jail structure into kernel space
using the copyin()
function. copyin() takes three arguments:
the data which is to be copied into kernel space,
uap->jail, where to store it,
j and the size of the storage. The jail
structure uap->jail is copied into kernel
space and stored in another jail structure,
j./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c:
error = copyin(uap->jail, , sizeof j);There is another important structure defined in
jail.h. It is the prison structure
(pr). The prison structure is used
exclusively within kernel space. The &man.jail.2; system call
copies everything from the jail structure onto the prison
structure. Here is the definition of the prison structure./usr/include/sys/jail.h:
struct prison {
int pr_ref;
char pr_host[MAXHOSTNAMELEN];
u_int32_t pr_ip;
void *pr_linux;
};The jail() system call then allocates memory for a
pointer to a prison structure and copies data between the two
structures./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c:
MALLOC(pr, struct prison *, sizeof *pr , M_PRISON, M_WAITOK);
bzero((caddr_t)pr, sizeof *pr);
error = copyinstr(j.hostname, pr_host]]>, sizeof pr->pr_host, 0);
if (error)
goto bail;Finally, the jail system call chroots the path
specified. The chroot function is given two arguments. The
first is p, which represents the calling process, the second
is a pointer to the structure chroot args. The structure
chroot args contains the path which is to be chrooted. As
you can see, the path specified in the jail structure is
copied to the chroot args structure and used./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c:
ca.path = j.path;
error = chroot(p, );These next three lines in the source are very important,
as they specify how the kernel recognizes a process as
jailed. Each process on a Unix system is described by its
own proc structure. You can see the whole proc structure in
/usr/include/sys/proc.h. For example,
the p argument in any system call is actually a pointer to
that process' proc structure, as stated before. The proc
structure contains nodes which can describe the owner's
identity (p_cred), the process resource
limits (p_limit), and so on. In the
definition of the process structure, there is a pointer to a
prison structure. (p_prison)./usr/include/sys/proc.h:
struct proc {
...
struct prison *p_prison;
...
};In kern_jail.c, the function then
copies the pr structure, which is filled with all the
information from the original jail structure, over to the
p->p_prison structure. It then does a
bitwise OR of p->p_flag with the constant
P_JAILED, meaning that the calling
process is now recognized as jailed. The parent process of
each process, forked within the jail, is the program jail
itself, as it calls the &man.jail.2; system call. When the
program is executed through execve, it inherits the
properties of its parents proc structure, therefore it has
the p->p_flag set, and the
p->p_prison structure is filled./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c
p->p.prison = pr;
p->p.flag --= P.JAILED;When a process is forked from a parent process, the
&man.fork.2; system call deals differently with imprisoned
processes. In the fork system call, there are two pointers
to a proc structure p1
and p2. p1 points to
the parent's proc structure and p2 points
to the child's unfilled proc
structure. After copying all relevant data between the
structures, &man.fork.2; checks if the structure
p->p_prison is filled on
p2. If it is, it increments the
pr.ref by one, and sets the
p_flag to one on the child process./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_fork.c:
if (p2->p_prison) {
p2->p_prison->pr_ref++;
p2->p_flag |= P_JAILED;
}RestrictionsThroughout the kernel there are access restrictions relating
to jailed processes. Usually, these restrictions only check if
the process is jailed, and if so, returns an error. For
example:if (p->p_prison)
return EPERM;SysV IPCSystem V IPC is based on messages. Processes can send each
other these messages which tell them how to act. The functions
which deal with messages are: msgsys,
msgctl, msgget,
msgsend and msgrcv.
Earlier, I mentioned that there were certain sysctls you could
turn on or off in order to affect the behavior of Jail. One of
these sysctls was jail_sysvipc_allowed. On
most systems, this sysctl is set to 0. If it were set to 1, it
would defeat the whole purpose of having a jail; privleged
users from within the jail would be able to affect processes
outside of the environment. The difference between a message
and a signal is that the message only consists of the signal
number./usr/src/sys/kern/sysv_msg.c:&man.msgget.3;: msgget returns (and possibly
creates) a message descriptor that designates a message queue
for use in other system calls.&man.msgctl.3;: Using this function, a process
can query the status of a message
descriptor.&man.msgsnd.3;: msgsnd sends a message to a
process.&man.msgrcv.3;: a process receives messages using
this functionIn each of these system calls, there is this
conditional:/usr/src/sys/kern/sysv msg.c:
if (!jail.sysvipc.allowed && p->p_prison != NULL)
return (ENOSYS);Semaphore system calls allow processes to synchronize
execution by doing a set of operations atomically on a set of
semaphores. Basically semaphores provide another way for
processes lock resources. However, process waiting on a
semaphore, that is being used, will sleep until the resources
are relinquished. The following semaphore system calls are
blocked inside a jail: semsys,
semget, semctl and
semop./usr/src/sys/kern/sysv_sem.c:&man.semctl.2;(id, num, cmd, arg):
Semctl does the specified cmd on the semaphore queue
indicated by id.&man.semget.2;(key, nsems, flag):
Semget creates an array of semaphores, corresponding to
key.Key and flag take on the same meaning as they
do in msgget.&man.semop.2;(id, ops, num):
Semop does the set of semaphore operations in the array of
structures ops, to the set of semaphores identified by
id.System V IPC allows for processes to share
memory. Processes can communicate directly with each other by
sharing parts of their virtual address space and then reading
and writing data stored in the shared memory. These system
calls are blocked within a jailed environment: shmdt,
shmat, oshmctl, shmctl, shmget, and
shmsys./usr/src/sys/kern/sysv shm.c:&man.shmctl.2;(id, cmd, buf):
shmctl does various control operations on the shared memory
region identified by id.&man.shmget.2;(key, size,
flag): shmget accesses or creates a shared memory
region of size bytes.&man.shmat.2;(id, addr, flag):
shmat attaches a shared memory region identified by id to the
address space of a process.&man.shmdt.2;(addr): shmdt
detaches the shared memory region previously attached at
addr.SocketsJail treats the &man.socket.2; system call and related
lower-level socket functions in a special manner. In order to
determine whether a certain socket is allowed to be created,
it first checks to see if the sysctl
jail.socket.unixiproute.only is set. If
set, sockets are only allowed to be created if the family
specified is either PF_LOCAL,
PF_INET or
PF_ROUTE. Otherwise, it returns an
error./usr/src/sys/kern/uipc_socket.c:
int socreate(dom, aso, type, proto, p)
...
register struct protosw *prp;
...
{
if (p->p_prison && jail_socket_unixiproute_only &&
prp->pr_domain->dom_family != PR_LOCAL && prp->pr_domain->dom_family != PF_INET
&& prp->pr_domain->dom_family != PF_ROUTE)
return (EPROTONOSUPPORT);
...
}Berkeley Packet FilterThe Berkeley Packet Filter provides a raw interface to
data link layers in a protocol independent fashion. The
function bpfopen() opens an Ethernet
device. There is a conditional which disallows any jailed
processes from accessing this function./usr/src/sys/net/bpf.c:
static int bpfopen(dev, flags, fmt, p)
...
{
if (p->p_prison)
return (EPERM);
...
}ProtocolsThere are certain protocols which are very common, such as
TCP, UDP, IP and ICMP. IP and ICMP are on the same level: the
network layer 2 . There are certain precautions which are
taken in order to prevent a jailed process from binding a
protocol to a certain port only if the nam
parameter is set. nam is a pointer to a sockaddr structure,
which describes the address on which to bind the service. A
more exact definition is that sockaddr "may be used as a
template for reffering to the identifying tag and length of
each address"[2] . In the function in
pcbbind, sin is a
pointer to a sockaddr.in structure, which contains the port,
address, length and domain family of the socket which is to be
bound. Basically, this disallows any processes from jail to be
able to specify the domain family./usr/src/sys/kern/netinet/in_pcb.c:
int in.pcbbind(int, nam, p)
...
struct sockaddr *nam;
struct proc *p;
{
...
struct sockaddr.in *sin;
...
if (nam) {
sin = (struct sockaddr.in *)nam;
...
if (sin->sin_addr.s_addr != INADDR_ANY)
if (prison.ip(p, 0, ->sin.addr.s_addr))
return (EINVAL);
....
}
...
}You might be wondering what function
prison_ip() does. prison.ip is given three
arguments, the current process (represented by
p), any flags, and an ip address. It
returns 1 if the ip address belongs to a jail or 0 if it does
not. As you can see from the code, if it is indeed an ip
address belonging to a jail, the protcol is not allowed to
bind to a certain port./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c:
int prison_ip(struct proc *p, int flag, u_int32_t *ip) {
u_int32_t tmp;
if (!p->p_prison)
return (0);
if (flag)
tmp = *ip;
else tmp = ntohl (*ip);
if (tmp == INADDR_ANY) {
if (flag)
*ip = p->p_prison->pr_ip;
else *ip = htonl(p->p_prison->pr_ip);
return (0);
}
if (p->p_prison->pr_ip != tmp)
return (1);
return (0);
}Jailed users are not allowed to bind services to an ip
which does not belong to the jail. The restriction is also
written within the function in_pcbbind:/usr/src/sys/net inet/in_pcb.c
if (nam) {
...
lport = sin->sin.port;
... if (lport) {
...
if (p && p->p_prison)
prison = 1;
if (prison &&
prison_ip(p, 0, ->sin_addr.s_addr))
return (EADDRNOTAVAIL);FilesystemEven root users within the jail are not allowed to set any
file flags, such as immutable, append, and no unlink flags, if
the securelevel is greater than 0./usr/src/sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_vnops.c:
int ufs.setattr(ap)
...
{
if ((cred->cr.uid == 0) && (p->prison == NULL)) {
if ((ip->i_flags
& (SF_NOUNLINK | SF_IMMUTABLE | SF_APPEND)) &&
securelevel > 0)
return (EPERM);
}Jail NGJail NG is a "from-scratch re-implementation of Jail" by
Robert Watson, a FreeBSD committer. Some of the new features
include the ability to add processes to a jail, an improved
management tool, and per-jail sysctls. For example, you could
have sysvipc_permitted set on one jail while
another jail may be allowed to use System V IPC. You can
download the kernel patches and utilities for Jail NG from his
website at:
.
diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml
index d1085cce39..15146dc9e9 100644
--- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml
+++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml
@@ -1,370 +1,369 @@
PCI DevicesThis chapter will talk about the FreeBSD mechanisms for
writing a device driver for a device on a PCI bus.Probe and AttachInformation here about how the PCI bus code iterates through
the unattached devices and see if a newly loaded kld will attach
to any of them./*
* Simple KLD to play with the PCI functions.
*
* Murray Stokely
*/
#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/module.h>
#include <sys/systm.h> /* uprintf */
#include <sys/errno.h>
#include <sys/param.h> /* defines used in kernel.h */
#include <sys/kernel.h> /* types used in module initialization */
#include <sys/conf.h> /* cdevsw struct */
#include <sys/uio.h> /* uio struct */
#include <sys/malloc.h>
#include <sys/bus.h> /* structs, prototypes for pci bus stuff */
#include <pci/pcivar.h> /* For get_pci macros! */
/* Function prototypes */
d_open_t mypci_open;
d_close_t mypci_close;
d_read_t mypci_read;
d_write_t mypci_write;
/* Character device entry points */
static struct cdevsw mypci_cdevsw = {
mypci_open,
mypci_close,
mypci_read,
mypci_write,
noioctl,
nopoll,
nommap,
nostrategy,
"mypci",
36, /* reserved for lkms - /usr/src/sys/conf/majors */
nodump,
nopsize,
D_TTY,
-1
};
/* vars */
static dev_t sdev;
/* We're more interested in probe/attach than with
open/close/read/write at this point */
int
mypci_open(dev_t dev, int oflags, int devtype, struct proc *p)
{
int err = 0;
uprintf("Opened device \"mypci\" successfully.\n");
return(err);
}
int
mypci_close(dev_t dev, int fflag, int devtype, struct proc *p)
{
int err=0;
uprintf("Closing device \"mypci.\"\n");
return(err);
}
int
mypci_read(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag)
{
int err = 0;
uprintf("mypci read!\n");
return err;
}
int
mypci_write(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag)
{
int err = 0;
uprintf("mypci write!\n");
return(err);
}
/* PCI Support Functions */
/*
* Return identification string if this is device is ours.
*/
static int
mypci_probe(device_t dev)
{
uprintf("MyPCI Probe\n"
"Vendor ID : 0x%x\n"
"Device ID : 0x%x\n",pci_get_vendor(dev),pci_get_device(dev));
if (pci_get_vendor(dev) == 0x11c1) {
uprintf("We've got the Winmodem, probe successful!\n");
return 0;
}
return ENXIO;
}
/* Attach function is only called if the probe is successful */
static int
mypci_attach(device_t dev)
{
uprintf("MyPCI Attach for : deviceID : 0x%x\n",pci_get_vendor(dev));
sdev = make_dev(&mypci_cdevsw,
0,
UID_ROOT,
GID_WHEEL,
0600,
"mypci");
uprintf("Mypci device loaded.\n");
return ENXIO;
}
/* Detach device. */
static int
mypci_detach(device_t dev)
{
uprintf("Mypci detach!\n");
return 0;
}
/* Called during system shutdown after sync. */
static int
mypci_shutdown(device_t dev)
{
uprintf("Mypci shutdown!\n");
return 0;
}
/*
* Device suspend routine.
*/
static int
mypci_suspend(device_t dev)
{
uprintf("Mypci suspend!\n");
return 0;
}
/*
* Device resume routine.
*/
static int
mypci_resume(device_t dev)
{
uprintf("Mypci resume!\n");
return 0;
}
static device_method_t mypci_methods[] = {
/* Device interface */
DEVMETHOD(device_probe, mypci_probe),
DEVMETHOD(device_attach, mypci_attach),
DEVMETHOD(device_detach, mypci_detach),
DEVMETHOD(device_shutdown, mypci_shutdown),
DEVMETHOD(device_suspend, mypci_suspend),
DEVMETHOD(device_resume, mypci_resume),
{ 0, 0 }
};
static driver_t mypci_driver = {
"mypci",
mypci_methods,
0,
/* sizeof(struct mypci_softc), */
};
static devclass_t mypci_devclass;
DRIVER_MODULE(mypci, pci, mypci_driver, mypci_devclass, 0, 0);Additional Resources
PCI
Special Interest GroupPCI System Architecture, Fourth Edition by
Tom Shanley, et al.Bus ResourcesFreeBSD provides an object-oriented mechanism for requesting
resources from a parent bus. Almost all devices will be a child
member of some sort of bus (PCI, ISA, USB, SCSI, etc) and these
devices need to acquire resources from their parent bus (such as
memory segments, interrupt lines, or DMA channels).Base Address RegistersTo do anything particularly useful with a PCI device you
will need to obtain the Base Address
Registers (BARs) from the PCI Configuration space.
The PCI-specific details of obtaining the BAR is abstracted in
the bus_alloc_resource() function.For example, a typical driver might have something similar
- to this in the attach() function. :
+ to this in the attach() function:
sc->bar0id = 0x10;
sc->bar0res = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, &(sc->bar0id),
0, ~0, 1, RF_ACTIVE);
if (sc->bar0res == NULL) {
uprintf("Memory allocation of PCI base register 0 failed!\n");
error = ENXIO;
goto fail1;
}
sc->bar1id = 0x14;
sc->bar1res = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, &(sc->bar1id),
0, ~0, 1, RF_ACTIVE);
if (sc->bar1res == NULL) {
uprintf("Memory allocation of PCI base register 1 failed!\n");
error = ENXIO;
goto fail2;
}
sc->bar0_bt = rman_get_bustag(sc->bar0res);
sc->bar0_bh = rman_get_bushandle(sc->bar0res);
sc->bar1_bt = rman_get_bustag(sc->bar1res);
sc->bar1_bh = rman_get_bushandle(sc->bar1res);
Handles for each base address register are kept in the
softc structure so that they can be
used to write to the device later.These handles can then be used to read or write from the
device registers with the bus_space_*
functions. For example, a driver might contain a shorthand
- function to read from a board specific register like this :
-
+ function to read from a board specific register like this:
uint16_t
board_read(struct ni_softc *sc, uint16_t address) {
return bus_space_read_2(sc->bar1_bt, sc->bar1_bh, address);
}
- Similarly, one could write to the registers with :
+ Similarly, one could write to the registers with:void
board_write(struct ni_softc *sc, uint16_t address, uint16_t value) {
bus_space_write_2(sc->bar1_bt, sc->bar1_bh, address, value);
}
These functions exist in 8bit, 16bit, and 32bit versions
and you should use
bus_space_{read|write}_{1|2|4}
accordingly.InterruptsInterrupts are allocated from the object-oriented bus code
in a way similar to the memory resources. First an IRQ
resource must be allocated from the parent bus, and then the
interrupt handler must be setup to deal with this IRQ.Again, a sample from a device
attach() function says more than
words./* Get the IRQ resource */
sc->irqid = 0x0;
sc->irqres = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_IRQ, &(sc->irqid),
0, ~0, 1, RF_SHAREABLE | RF_ACTIVE);
if (sc->irqres == NULL) {
uprintf("IRQ allocation failed!\n");
error = ENXIO;
goto fail3;
}
/* Now we should setup the interrupt handler */
error = bus_setup_intr(dev, sc->irqres, INTR_TYPE_MISC,
my_handler, sc, &(sc->handler));
if (error) {
printf("Couldn't set up irq\n");
goto fail4;
}
sc->irq_bt = rman_get_bustag(sc->irqres);
sc->irq_bh = rman_get_bushandle(sc->irqres);
DMAOn the PC, peripherals that want to do bus-mastering DMA
must deal with physical addresses. This is a problem since
FreeBSD uses virtual memory and deals almost exclusively with
virtual addresses. Fortunately, there is a function,
vtophys() to help.#include <vm/vm.h>
#include <vm/pmap.h>
#define vtophys(virtual_address) (...)
The solution is a bit different on the alpha however, and
what we really want is a function called
vtobus().#if defined(__alpha__)
#define vtobus(va) alpha_XXX_dmamap((vm_offset_t)va)
#else
#define vtobus(va) vtophys(va)
#endif
Deallocating ResourcesIt is very important to deallocate all of the resources
that were allocated during attach().
Care must be taken to deallocate the correct stuff even on a
failure condition so that the system will remain usable while
your driver dies.
diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml
index a3881b407e..4e9c6e5332 100644
--- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml
+++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml
@@ -1,1983 +1,1983 @@
Common Access Method SCSI ControllersThis chapter was written by &a.babkin;
Modifications for the handbook made by
&a.murray;.SynopsisThis document assumes that the reader has a general
understanding of device drivers in FreeBSD and of the SCSI
protocol. Much of the information in this document was
- extracted from the drivers :
+ extracted from the drivers:
ncr (/sys/pci/ncr.c) by
Wolfgang Stanglmeier and Stefan Essersym (/sys/pci/sym.c) by
Gerard Roudieraic7xxx
(/sys/dev/aic7xxx/aic7xxx.c) by Justin
T. Gibbsand from the CAM code itself (by Justing T. Gibbs, see
/sys/cam/*). When some solution looked the
most logical and was essentially verbatim extracted from the code
by Justin Gibbs, I marked it as "recommended".The document is illustrated with examples in
pseudo-code. Although sometimes the examples have many details
and look like real code, it is still pseudo-code. It was written
to demonstrate the concepts in an understandable way. For a real
driver other approaches may be more modular and efficient. It
also abstracts from the hardware details, as well as issues that
would cloud the demonstrated concepts or that are supposed to be
described in the other chapters of the developers handbook. Such
details are commonly shown as calls to functions with descriptive
names, comments or pseudo-statements. Fortunately real life
full-size examples with all the details can be found in the real
drivers.General architectureCAM stands for Common Access Method. It is a generic way to
address the I/O buses in a SCSI-like way. This allows a
separation of the generic device drivers from the drivers
controlling the I/O bus: for example the disk driver becomes able
to control disks on both SCSI, IDE, and/or any other bus so the
disk driver portion does not have to be rewritten (or copied and
modified) for every new I/O bus. Thus the two most important
active entities are:Peripheral Modules - a
driver for peripheral devices (disk, tape, CDROM,
etc.)SCSI Interface Modules (SIM)
- a Host Bus Adapter drivers for connecting to an I/O bus such
as SCSI or IDE.A peripheral driver receives requests from the OS, converts
them to a sequence of SCSI commands and passes these SCSI
commands to a SCSI Interface Module. The SCSI Interface Module
is responsible for passing these commands to the actual hardware
(or if the actual hardware is not SCSI but, for example, IDE
then also converting the SCSI commands to the native commands of
the hardware).Because we are interested in writing a SCSI adapter driver
here, from this point on we will consider everything from the
SIM standpoint.A typical SIM driver needs to include the following
CAM-related header files:#include <cam/cam.h>
#include <cam/cam_ccb.h>
#include <cam/cam_sim.h>
#include <cam/cam_xpt_sim.h>
#include <cam/cam_debug.h>
#include <cam/scsi/scsi_all.h>The first thing each SIM driver must do is register itself
with the CAM subsystem. This is done during the driver's
xxx_attach() function (here and further
xxx_ is used to denote the unique driver name prefix). The
xxx_attach() function itself is called by
the system bus auto-configuration code which we do not describe
here.This is achieved in multiple steps: first it is necessary to
allocate the queue of requests associated with this SIM: struct cam_devq *devq;
if(( devq = cam_simq_alloc(SIZE) )==NULL) {
error; /* some code to handle the error */
}Here SIZE is the size of the queue to be allocated, maximal
number of requests it could contain. It is the number of requests
that the SIM driver can handle in parallel on one SCSI
card. Commonly it can be calculated as:SIZE = NUMBER_OF_SUPPORTED_TARGETS * MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_COMMANDS_PER_TARGETNext we create a descriptor of our SIM: struct cam_sim *sim;
if(( sim = cam_sim_alloc(action_func, poll_func, driver_name,
softc, unit, max_dev_transactions,
max_tagged_dev_transactions, devq) )==NULL) {
cam_simq_free(devq);
error; /* some code to handle the error */
}Note that if we are not able to create a SIM descriptor we
free the devq also because we can do
nothing else with it and we want to conserve memory.If a SCSI card has multiple SCSI buses on it then each bus
requires its own cam_sim
structure.An interesting question is what to do if a SCSI card has
more than one SCSI bus, do we need one
devq structure per card or per SCSI
bus? The answer given in the comments to the CAM code is:
either way, as the driver's author prefers.
- The arguments are :
+ The arguments are:
action_func - pointer to
the driver's xxx_action function.
static void
xxx_actionstruct cam_sim *sim,
union ccb *ccbpoll_func - pointer to
the driver's xxx_poll()static void
xxx_pollstruct cam_sim *simdriver_name - the name of the actual driver,
such as "ncr" or "wds"softc - pointer to the
driver's internal descriptor for this SCSI card. This
pointer will be used by the driver in future to get private
data.unit - the controller unit number, for example
for controller "wds0" this number will be
0max_dev_transactions - maximal number of
simultaneous transactions per SCSI target in the non-tagged
mode. This value will be almost universally equal to 1, with
possible exceptions only for the non-SCSI cards. Also the
drivers that hope to take advantage by preparing one
transaction while another one is executed may set it to 2
but this does not seem to be worth the
complexity.max_tagged_dev_transactions - the same thing,
but in the tagged mode. Tags are the SCSI way to initiate
multiple transactions on a device: each transaction is
assigned a unique tag and the transaction is sent to the
device. When the device completes some transaction it sends
back the result together with the tag so that the SCSI
adapter (and the driver) can tell which transaction was
completed. This argument is also known as the maximal tag
depth. It depends on the abilities of the SCSI
adapter.Finally we register the SCSI buses associated with our SCSI
adapter: if(xpt_bus_register(sim, bus_number) != CAM_SUCCESS) {
cam_sim_free(sim, /*free_devq*/ TRUE);
error; /* some code to handle the error */
}If there is one devq structure per
SCSI bus (i.e. we consider a card with multiple buses as
multiple cards with one bus each) then the bus number will
always be 0, otherwise each bus on the SCSI card should be get a
distinct number. Each bus needs its own separate structure
cam_sim.After that our controller is completely hooked to the CAM
system. The value of devq can be
discarded now: sim will be passed as an argument in all further
calls from CAM and devq can be derived from it.CAM provides the framework for such asynchronous
events. Some events originate from the lower levels (the SIM
drivers), some events originate from the peripheral drivers,
some events originate from the CAM subsystem itself. Any driver
can register callbacks for some types of the asynchronous
events, so that it would be notified if these events
occur.A typical example of such an event is a device reset. Each
transaction and event identifies the devices to which it applies
by the means of "path". The target-specific events normally
occur during a transaction with this device. So the path from
that transaction may be re-used to report this event (this is
safe because the event path is copied in the event reporting
routine but not deallocated nor passed anywhere further). Also
it is safe to allocate paths dynamically at any time including
the interrupt routines, although that incurs certain overhead,
and a possible problem with this approach is that there may be
no free memory at that time. For a bus reset event we need to
define a wildcard path including all devices on the bus. So we
can create the path for the future bus reset events in advance
and avoid problems with the future memory shortage: struct cam_path *path;
if(xpt_create_path(&path, /*periph*/NULL,
cam_sim_path(sim), CAM_TARGET_WILDCARD,
CAM_LUN_WILDCARD) != CAM_REQ_CMP) {
xpt_bus_deregister(cam_sim_path(sim));
cam_sim_free(sim, /*free_devq*/TRUE);
error; /* some code to handle the error */
}
softc->wpath = path;
softc->sim = sim;As you can see the path includes:ID of the peripheral driver (NULL here because we have
none)ID of the SIM driver
(cam_sim_path(sim))SCSI target number of the device (CAM_TARGET_WILDCARD
means "all devices")SCSI LUN number of the subdevice (CAM_LUN_WILDCARD means
"all LUNs")If the driver can not allocate this path it will not be able to
work normally, so in that case we dismantle that SCSI
bus.And we save the path pointer in the
softc structure for future use. After
that we save the value of sim (or we can also discard it on the
exit from xxx_probe() if we wish).That is all for a minimalistic initialization. To do things
right there is one more issue left. For a SIM driver there is one particularly interesting
event: when a target device is considered lost. In this case
resetting the SCSI negotiations with this device may be a good
idea. So we register a callback for this event with CAM. The
request is passed to CAM by requesting CAM action on a CAM
control block for this type of request: struct ccb_setasync csa;
xpt_setup_ccb(&csa.ccb_h, path, /*priority*/5);
csa.ccb_h.func_code = XPT_SASYNC_CB;
csa.event_enable = AC_LOST_DEVICE;
csa.callback = xxx_async;
csa.callback_arg = sim;
xpt_action((union ccb *)&csa);Now we take a look at the xxx_action()
and xxx_poll() driver entry points.static void
xxx_actionstruct cam_sim *sim,
union ccb *ccbDo some action on request of the CAM subsystem. Sim
describes the SIM for the request, CCB is the request
itself. CCB stands for "CAM Control Block". It is a union of
many specific instances, each describing arguments for some type
of transactions. All of these instances share the CCB header
where the common part of arguments is stored.CAM supports the SCSI controllers working in both initiator
("normal") mode and target (simulating a SCSI device) mode. Here
we only consider the part relevant to the initiator mode.There are a few function and macros (in other words,
methods) defined to access the public data in the struct sim:cam_sim_path(sim) - the
path ID (see above)cam_sim_name(sim) - the
name of the simcam_sim_softc(sim) - the
pointer to the softc (driver private data)
structure cam_sim_unit(sim) - the
unit number cam_sim_bus(sim) - the bus
IDTo identify the device, xxx_action() can
get the unit number and pointer to its structure softc using
these functions.The type of request is stored in
ccb->ccb_h.func_code. So generally
xxx_action() consists of a big
switch: struct xxx_softc *softc = (struct xxx_softc *) cam_sim_softc(sim);
struct ccb_hdr *ccb_h = &ccb->ccb_h;
int unit = cam_sim_unit(sim);
int bus = cam_sim_bus(sim);
switch(ccb_h->func_code) {
case ...:
...
default:
ccb_h->status = CAM_REQ_INVALID;
xpt_done(ccb);
break;
}As can be seen from the default case (if an unknown command
was received) the return code of the command is set into
ccb->ccb_h.status and the completed
CCB is returned back to CAM by calling
xpt_done(ccb). xpt_done() does not have to be called
from xxx_action(): For example an I/O
request may be enqueued inside the SIM driver and/or its SCSI
controller. Then when the device would post an interrupt
signaling that the processing of this request is complete
xpt_done() may be called from the interrupt
handling routine.Actually, the CCB status is not only assigned as a return
code but a CCB has some status all the time. Before CCB is
passed to the xxx_action() routine it gets
the status CCB_REQ_INPROG meaning that it is in progress. There
are a surprising number of status values defined in
/sys/cam/cam.h which should be able to
represent the status of a request in great detail. More
interesting yet, the status is in fact a "bitwise or" of an
enumerated status value (the lower 6 bits) and possible
additional flag-like bits (the upper bits). The enumerated
values will be discussed later in more detail. The summary of
them can be found in the Errors Summary section. The possible
status flags are:CAM_DEV_QFRZN - if the
SIM driver gets a serious error (for example, the device does
not respond to the selection or breaks the SCSI protocol) when
processing a CCB it should freeze the request queue by calling
xpt_freeze_simq(), return the other
enqueued but not processed yet CCBs for this device back to
the CAM queue, then set this flag for the troublesome CCB and
call xpt_done(). This flag causes the CAM
subsystem to unfreeze the queue after it handles the
error.CAM_AUTOSNS_VALID - if
the device returned an error condition and the flag
CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE is not set in CCB the SIM driver must
execute the REQUEST SENSE command automatically to extract the
sense (extended error information) data from the device. If
this attempt was successful the sense data should be saved in
the CCB and this flag set.CAM_RELEASE_SIMQ - like
CAM_DEV_QFRZN but used in case there is some problem (or
resource shortage) with the SCSI controller itself. Then all
the future requests to the controller should be stopped by
xpt_freeze_simq(). The controller queue
will be restarted after the SIM driver overcomes the shortage
and informs CAM by returning some CCB with this flag
set.CAM_SIM_QUEUED - when SIM
puts a CCB into its request queue this flag should be set (and
removed when this CCB gets dequeued before being returned back
to CAM). This flag is not used anywhere in the CAM code now,
so its purpose is purely diagnostic.The function xxx_action() is not
allowed to sleep, so all the synchronization for resource access
must be done using SIM or device queue freezing. Besides the
aforementioned flags the CAM subsystem provides functions
xpt_selease_simq() and
xpt_release_devq() to unfreeze the queues
directly, without passing a CCB to CAM.The CCB header contains the following fields:path - path ID for the
requesttarget_id - target device
ID for the requesttarget_lun - LUN ID of
the target devicetimeout - timeout
interval for this command, in millisecondstimeout_ch - a
convenience place for the SIM driver to store the timeout handle
(the CAM subsystem itself does not make any assumptions about
it)flags - various bits of
information about the request spriv_ptr0, spriv_ptr1 - fields
reserved for private use by the SIM driver (such as linking to
the SIM queues or SIM private control blocks); actually, they
exist as unions: spriv_ptr0 and spriv_ptr1 have the type (void
*), spriv_field0 and spriv_field1 have the type unsigned long,
sim_priv.entries[0].bytes and sim_priv.entries[1].bytes are byte
arrays of the size consistent with the other incarnations of the
union and sim_priv.bytes is one array, twice
bigger.The recommended way of using the SIM private fields of CCB
is to define some meaningful names for them and use these
meaningful names in the driver, like:#define ccb_some_meaningful_name sim_priv.entries[0].bytes
#define ccb_hcb spriv_ptr1 /* for hardware control block */The most common initiator mode requests are:XPT_SCSI_IO - execute an
I/O transactionThe instance "struct ccb_scsiio csio" of the union ccb is
used to transfer the arguments. They are:cdb_io - pointer to
the SCSI command buffer or the buffer
itselfcdb_len - SCSI
command lengthdata_ptr - pointer to
the data buffer (gets a bit complicated if scatter/gather is
used)dxfer_len - length of
the data to transfersglist_cnt - counter
of the scatter/gather segmentsscsi_status - place
to return the SCSI statussense_data - buffer
for the SCSI sense information if the command returns an
error (the SIM driver is supposed to run the REQUEST SENSE
command automatically in this case if the CCB flag
CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE is not set)sense_len - the
length of that buffer (if it happens to be higher than size
of sense_data the SIM driver must silently assume the
smaller value) resid, sense_resid - if the transfer of data
or SCSI sense returned an error these are the returned
counters of the residual (not transferred) data. They do not
seem to be especially meaningful, so in a case when they are
difficult to compute (say, counting bytes in the SCSI
controller's FIFO buffer) an approximate value will do as
well. For a successfully completed transfer they must be set
to zero.tag_action - the kind
of tag to use:
CAM_TAG_ACTION_NONE - do not use tags for this
transactionMSG_SIMPLE_Q_TAG, MSG_HEAD_OF_Q_TAG,
MSG_ORDERED_Q_TAG - value equal to the appropriate tag
message (see /sys/cam/scsi/scsi_message.h); this gives only
the tag type, the SIM driver must assign the tag value
itselfThe general logic of handling this request is the
following:The first thing to do is to check for possible races, to
make sure that the command did not get aborted when it was
sitting in the queue: struct ccb_scsiio *csio = &ccb->csio;
if ((ccb_h->status & CAM_STATUS_MASK) != CAM_REQ_INPROG) {
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}Also we check that the device is supported at all by our
controller: if(ccb_h->target_id > OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_TARGET_ID
|| cch_h->target_id == OUR_SCSI_CONTROLLERS_OWN_ID) {
ccb_h->status = CAM_TID_INVALID;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}
if(ccb_h->target_lun > OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_LUN) {
ccb_h->status = CAM_LUN_INVALID;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}Then allocate whatever data structures (such as
card-dependent hardware control block) we need to process this
request. If we ca not then freeze the SIM queue and remember
that we have a pending operation, return the CCB back and ask
CAM to re-queue it. Later when the resources become available
the SIM queue must be unfrozen by returning a ccb with the
CAM_SIMQ_RELEASE bit set in its status. Otherwise, if all went
well, link the CCB with the hardware control block (HCB) and
mark it as queued. struct xxx_hcb *hcb = allocate_hcb(softc, unit, bus);
if(hcb == NULL) {
softc->flags |= RESOURCE_SHORTAGE;
xpt_freeze_simq(sim, /*count*/1);
ccb_h->status = CAM_REQUEUE_REQ;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}
hcb->ccb = ccb; ccb_h->ccb_hcb = (void *)hcb;
ccb_h->status |= CAM_SIM_QUEUED;Extract the target data from CCB into the hardware control
block. Check if we are asked to assign a tag and if yes then
generate an unique tag and build the SCSI tag messages. The
SIM driver is also responsible for negotiations with the
devices to set the maximal mutually supported bus width,
synchronous rate and offset. hcb->target = ccb_h->target_id; hcb->lun = ccb_h->target_lun;
generate_identify_message(hcb);
if( ccb_h->tag_action != CAM_TAG_ACTION_NONE )
generate_unique_tag_message(hcb, ccb_h->tag_action);
if( !target_negotiated(hcb) )
generate_negotiation_messages(hcb);Then set up the SCSI command. The command storage may be
specified in the CCB in many interesting ways, specified by
the CCB flags. The command buffer can be contained in CCB or
pointed to, in the latter case the pointer may be physical or
virtual. Since the hardware commonly needs physical address we
always convert the address to the physical one.A NOT-QUITE RELATED NOTE: Normally this is done by a call
to vtophys(), but for the PCI device (which account for most
of the SCSI controllers now) drivers' portability to the Alpha
architecture the conversion must be done by vtobus() instead
due to special Alpha quirks. [IMHO it would be much better to
have two separate functions, vtop() and ptobus() then vtobus()
would be a simple superposition of them.] In case if a
physical address is requested it is OK to return the CCB with
the status CAM_REQ_INVALID, the current drivers do that. But
it is also possible to compile the Alpha-specific piece of
code, as in this example (there should be a more direct way to
do that, without conditional compilation in the drivers). If
necessary a physical address can be also converted or mapped
back to a virtual address but with big pain, so we do not do
that. if(ccb_h->flags & CAM_CDB_POINTER) {
/* CDB is a pointer */
if(!(ccb_h->flags & CAM_CDB_PHYS)) {
/* CDB pointer is virtual */
hcb->cmd = vtobus(csio->cdb_io.cdb_ptr);
} else {
/* CDB pointer is physical */
#if defined(__alpha__)
hcb->cmd = csio->cdb_io.cdb_ptr | alpha_XXX_dmamap_or ;
#else
hcb->cmd = csio->cdb_io.cdb_ptr ;
#endif
}
} else {
/* CDB is in the ccb (buffer) */
hcb->cmd = vtobus(csio->cdb_io.cdb_bytes);
}
hcb->cmdlen = csio->cdb_len;Now it is time to set up the data. Again, the data storage
may be specified in the CCB in many interesting ways,
specified by the CCB flags. First we get the direction of the
data transfer. The simplest case is if there is no data to
transfer: int dir = (ccb_h->flags & CAM_DIR_MASK);
if (dir == CAM_DIR_NONE)
goto end_data;Then we check if the data is in one chunk or in a
scatter-gather list, and the addresses are physical or
virtual. The SCSI controller may be able to handle only a
limited number of chunks of limited length. If the request
hits this limitation we return an error. We use a special
function to return the CCB to handle in one place the HCB
resource shortages. The functions to add chunks are
driver-dependent, and here we leave them without detailed
implementation. See description of the SCSI command (CDB)
handling for the details on the address-translation issues.
If some variation is too difficult or impossible to implement
with a particular card it is OK to return the status
CAM_REQ_INVALID. Actually, it seems like the scatter-gather
ability is not used anywhere in the CAM code now. But at least
the case for a single non-scattered virtual buffer must be
implemented, it is actively used by CAM. int rv;
initialize_hcb_for_data(hcb);
if((!(ccb_h->flags & CAM_SCATTER_VALID)) {
/* single buffer */
if(!(ccb_h->flags & CAM_DATA_PHYS)) {
rv = add_virtual_chunk(hcb, csio->data_ptr, csio->dxfer_len, dir);
}
} else {
rv = add_physical_chunk(hcb, csio->data_ptr, csio->dxfer_len, dir);
}
} else {
int i;
struct bus_dma_segment *segs;
segs = (struct bus_dma_segment *)csio->data_ptr;
if ((ccb_h->flags & CAM_SG_LIST_PHYS) != 0) {
/* The SG list pointer is physical */
rv = setup_hcb_for_physical_sg_list(hcb, segs, csio->sglist_cnt);
} else if (!(ccb_h->flags & CAM_DATA_PHYS)) {
/* SG buffer pointers are virtual */
for (i = 0; i < csio->sglist_cnt; i++) {
rv = add_virtual_chunk(hcb, segs[i].ds_addr,
segs[i].ds_len, dir);
if (rv != CAM_REQ_CMP)
break;
}
} else {
/* SG buffer pointers are physical */
for (i = 0; i < csio->sglist_cnt; i++) {
rv = add_physical_chunk(hcb, segs[i].ds_addr,
segs[i].ds_len, dir);
if (rv != CAM_REQ_CMP)
break;
}
}
}
if(rv != CAM_REQ_CMP) {
/* we expect that add_*_chunk() functions return CAM_REQ_CMP
* if they added a chunk successfully, CAM_REQ_TOO_BIG if
* the request is too big (too many bytes or too many chunks),
* CAM_REQ_INVALID in case of other troubles
*/
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, ccb, rv);
return;
}
end_data:If disconnection is disabled for this CCB we pass this
information to the hcb: if(ccb_h->flags & CAM_DIS_DISCONNECT)
hcb_disable_disconnect(hcb);If the controller is able to run REQUEST SENSE command all
by itself then the value of the flag CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE should
also be passed to it, to prevent automatic REQUEST SENSE if the
CAM subsystem does not want it.The only thing left is to set up the timeout, pass our hcb
to the hardware and return, the rest will be done by the
interrupt handler (or timeout handler). ccb_h->timeout_ch = timeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb,
(ccb_h->timeout * hz) / 1000); /* convert milliseconds to ticks */
put_hcb_into_hardware_queue(hcb);
return;And here is a possible implementation of the function
returning CCB: static void
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(struct xxx_hcb *hcb, union ccb *ccb, u_int32_t status)
{
struct xxx_softc *softc = hcb->softc;
ccb->ccb_h.ccb_hcb = 0;
if(hcb != NULL) {
untimeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch);
/* we're about to free a hcb, so the shortage has ended */
if(softc->flags & RESOURCE_SHORTAGE) {
softc->flags &= ~RESOURCE_SHORTAGE;
status |= CAM_RELEASE_SIMQ;
}
free_hcb(hcb); /* also removes hcb from any internal lists */
}
ccb->ccb_h.status = status |
(ccb->ccb_h.status & ~(CAM_STATUS_MASK|CAM_SIM_QUEUED));
xpt_done(ccb);
}XPT_RESET_DEV - send the SCSI "BUS
DEVICE RESET" message to a deviceThere is no data transferred in CCB except the header and
the most interesting argument of it is target_id. Depending on
the controller hardware a hardware control block just like for
the XPT_SCSI_IO request may be constructed (see XPT_SCSI_IO
request description) and sent to the controller or the SCSI
controller may be immediately programmed to send this RESET
message to the device or this request may be just not supported
(and return the status CAM_REQ_INVALID). Also on completion of
the request all the disconnected transactions for this target
must be aborted (probably in the interrupt routine).Also all the current negotiations for the target are lost on
reset, so they might be cleaned too. Or they clearing may be
deferred, because anyway the target would request re-negotiation
on the next transaction.XPT_RESET_BUS - send the RESET signal
to the SCSI busNo arguments are passed in the CCB, the only interesting
argument is the SCSI bus indicated by the struct sim
pointer.A minimalistic implementation would forget the SCSI
negotiations for all the devices on the bus and return the
status CAM_REQ_CMP.The proper implementation would in addition actually reset
the SCSI bus (possible also reset the SCSI controller) and mark
all the CCBs being processed, both those in the hardware queue
and those being disconnected, as done with the status
CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET. Like: int targ, lun;
struct xxx_hcb *h, *hh;
struct ccb_trans_settings neg;
struct cam_path *path;
/* The SCSI bus reset may take a long time, in this case its completion
* should be checked by interrupt or timeout. But for simplicity
* we assume here that it's really fast.
*/
reset_scsi_bus(softc);
/* drop all enqueued CCBs */
for(h = softc->first_queued_hcb; h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh = h->next;
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET);
}
/* the clean values of negotiations to report */
neg.bus_width = 8;
neg.sync_period = neg.sync_offset = 0;
neg.valid = (CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID
| CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID | CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID);
/* drop all disconnected CCBs and clean negotiations */
for(targ=0; targ <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_TARGET; targ++) {
clean_negotiations(softc, targ);
/* report the event if possible */
if(xpt_create_path(&path, /*periph*/NULL,
cam_sim_path(sim), targ,
CAM_LUN_WILDCARD) == CAM_REQ_CMP) {
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, path, &neg);
xpt_free_path(path);
}
for(lun=0; lun <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_LUN; lun++)
for(h = softc->first_discon_hcb[targ][lun]; h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh=h->next;
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET);
}
}
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP;
xpt_done(ccb);
/* report the event */
xpt_async(AC_BUS_RESET, softc->wpath, NULL);
return;Implementing the SCSI bus reset as a function may be a good
idea because it would be re-used by the timeout function as a
last resort if the things go wrong.XPT_ABORT - abort the specified
CCBThe arguments are transferred in the instance "struct
ccb_abort cab" of the union ccb. The only argument field in it
is:abort_ccb - pointer to the CCB to be
abortedIf the abort is not supported just return the status
CAM_UA_ABORT. This is also the easy way to minimally implement
this call, return CAM_UA_ABORT in any case.The hard way is to implement this request honestly. First
check that abort applies to a SCSI transaction: struct ccb *abort_ccb;
abort_ccb = ccb->cab.abort_ccb;
if(abort_ccb->ccb_h.func_code != XPT_SCSI_IO) {
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_UA_ABORT;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}Then it is necessary to find this CCB in our queue. This can
be done by walking the list of all our hardware control blocks
in search for one associated with this CCB: struct xxx_hcb *hcb, *h;
hcb = NULL;
/* We assume that softc->first_hcb is the head of the list of all
* HCBs associated with this bus, including those enqueued for
* processing, being processed by hardware and disconnected ones.
*/
for(h = softc->first_hcb; h != NULL; h = h->next) {
if(h->ccb == abort_ccb) {
hcb = h;
break;
}
}
if(hcb == NULL) {
/* no such CCB in our queue */
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_PATH_INVALID;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}
hcb=found_hcb;Now we look at the current processing status of the HCB. It
may be either sitting in the queue waiting to be sent to the
SCSI bus, being transferred right now, or disconnected and
waiting for the result of the command, or actually completed by
hardware but not yet marked as done by software. To make sure
that we do not get in any races with hardware we mark the HCB as
being aborted, so that if this HCB is about to be sent to the
SCSI bus the SCSI controller will see this flag and skip
it. int hstatus;
/* shown as a function, in case special action is needed to make
* this flag visible to hardware
*/
set_hcb_flags(hcb, HCB_BEING_ABORTED);
abort_again:
hstatus = get_hcb_status(hcb);
switch(hstatus) {
case HCB_SITTING_IN_QUEUE:
remove_hcb_from_hardware_queue(hcb);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case HCB_COMPLETED:
/* this is an easy case */
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, abort_ccb, CAM_REQ_ABORTED);
break;If the CCB is being transferred right now we would like to
signal to the SCSI controller in some hardware-dependent way
that we want to abort the current transfer. The SCSI controller
would set the SCSI ATTENTION signal and when the target responds
to it send an ABORT message. We also reset the timeout to make
sure that the target is not sleeping forever. If the command
would not get aborted in some reasonable time like 10 seconds
the timeout routine would go ahead and reset the whole SCSI bus.
Because the command will be aborted in some reasonable time we
can just return the abort request now as successfully completed,
and mark the aborted CCB as aborted (but not mark it as done
yet). case HCB_BEING_TRANSFERRED:
untimeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, abort_ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch);
abort_ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch =
timeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, 10 * hz);
abort_ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_ABORTED;
/* ask the controller to abort that HCB, then generate
* an interrupt and stop
*/
if(signal_hardware_to_abort_hcb_and_stop(hcb) < 0) {
/* oops, we missed the race with hardware, this transaction
* got off the bus before we aborted it, try again */
goto abort_again;
}
break;If the CCB is in the list of disconnected then set it up as
an abort request and re-queue it at the front of hardware
queue. Reset the timeout and report the abort request to be
completed. case HCB_DISCONNECTED:
untimeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, abort_ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch);
abort_ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch =
timeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, 10 * hz);
put_abort_message_into_hcb(hcb);
put_hcb_at_the_front_of_hardware_queue(hcb);
break;
}
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;That is all for the ABORT request, although there is one more
issue. Because the ABORT message cleans all the ongoing
transactions on a LUN we have to mark all the other active
transactions on this LUN as aborted. That should be done in the
interrupt routine, after the transaction gets aborted.Implementing the CCB abort as a function may be quite a good
idea, this function can be re-used if an I/O transaction times
out. The only difference would be that the timed out transaction
would return the status CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT for the timed out
request. Then the case XPT_ABORT would be small, like
that: case XPT_ABORT:
struct ccb *abort_ccb;
abort_ccb = ccb->cab.abort_ccb;
if(abort_ccb->ccb_h.func_code != XPT_SCSI_IO) {
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_UA_ABORT;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}
if(xxx_abort_ccb(abort_ccb, CAM_REQ_ABORTED) < 0)
/* no such CCB in our queue */
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_PATH_INVALID;
else
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;XPT_SET_TRAN_SETTINGS - explicitly
set values of SCSI transfer settingsThe arguments are transferred in the instance "struct ccb_trans_setting cts"
of the union ccb:valid - a bitmask showing
which settings should be updated:CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID
- synchronous transfer rateCCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID
- synchronous offsetCCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID
- bus widthCCB_TRANS_DISC_VALID -
set enable/disable disconnectionCCB_TRANS_TQ_VALID - set
enable/disable tagged queuingflags - consists of two
parts, binary arguments and identification of
- sub-operations. The binary arguments are :
+ sub-operations. The binary arguments are:CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB - enable disconnectionCCB_TRANS_TAG_ENB -
enable tagged queuingthe sub-operations are:CCB_TRANS_CURRENT_SETTINGS
- change the current negotiationsCCB_TRANS_USER_SETTINGS
- remember the desired user values sync_period, sync_offset -
self-explanatory, if sync_offset==0 then the asynchronous mode
is requested bus_width - bus width, in bits (not
bytes)Two sets of negotiated parameters are supported, the user
settings and the current settings. The user settings are not
really used much in the SIM drivers, this is mostly just a piece
of memory where the upper levels can store (and later recall)
its ideas about the parameters. Setting the user parameters
does not cause re-negotiation of the transfer rates. But when
the SCSI controller does a negotiation it must never set the
values higher than the user parameters, so it is essentially the
top boundary.The current settings are, as the name says,
current. Changing them means that the parameters must be
re-negotiated on the next transfer. Again, these "new current
settings" are not supposed to be forced on the device, just they
are used as the initial step of negotiations. Also they must be
limited by actual capabilities of the SCSI controller: for
example, if the SCSI controller has 8-bit bus and the request
asks to set 16-bit wide transfers this parameter must be
silently truncated to 8-bit transfers before sending it to the
device.One caveat is that the bus width and synchronous parameters
are per target while the disconnection and tag enabling
parameters are per lun.The recommended implementation is to keep 3 sets of
negotiated (bus width and synchronous transfer)
parameters:user - the user set, as
abovecurrent - those actually
in effectgoal - those requested by
setting of the "current" parametersThe code looks like: struct ccb_trans_settings *cts;
int targ, lun;
int flags;
cts = &ccb->cts;
targ = ccb_h->target_id;
lun = ccb_h->target_lun;
flags = cts->flags;
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_USER_SETTINGS) {
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID)
softc->user_sync_period[targ] = cts->sync_period;
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID)
softc->user_sync_offset[targ] = cts->sync_offset;
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID)
softc->user_bus_width[targ] = cts->bus_width;
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_DISC_VALID) {
softc->user_tflags[targ][lun] &= ~CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB;
softc->user_tflags[targ][lun] |= flags & CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB;
}
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_TQ_VALID) {
softc->user_tflags[targ][lun] &= ~CCB_TRANS_TQ_ENB;
softc->user_tflags[targ][lun] |= flags & CCB_TRANS_TQ_ENB;
}
}
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_CURRENT_SETTINGS) {
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID)
softc->goal_sync_period[targ] =
max(cts->sync_period, OUR_MIN_SUPPORTED_PERIOD);
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID)
softc->goal_sync_offset[targ] =
min(cts->sync_offset, OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_OFFSET);
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID)
softc->goal_bus_width[targ] = min(cts->bus_width, OUR_BUS_WIDTH);
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_DISC_VALID) {
softc->current_tflags[targ][lun] &= ~CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB;
softc->current_tflags[targ][lun] |= flags & CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB;
}
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_TQ_VALID) {
softc->current_tflags[targ][lun] &= ~CCB_TRANS_TQ_ENB;
softc->current_tflags[targ][lun] |= flags & CCB_TRANS_TQ_ENB;
}
}
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;Then when the next I/O request will be processed it will
check if it has to re-negotiate, for example by calling the
function target_negotiated(hcb). It can be implemented like
this: int
target_negotiated(struct xxx_hcb *hcb)
{
struct softc *softc = hcb->softc;
int targ = hcb->targ;
if( softc->current_sync_period[targ] != softc->goal_sync_period[targ]
|| softc->current_sync_offset[targ] != softc->goal_sync_offset[targ]
|| softc->current_bus_width[targ] != softc->goal_bus_width[targ] )
return 0; /* FALSE */
else
return 1; /* TRUE */
}After the values are re-negotiated the resulting values must
be assigned to both current and goal parameters, so for future
I/O transactions the current and goal parameters would be the
same and target_negotiated() would return
TRUE. When the card is initialized (in
xxx_attach()) the current negotiation
values must be initialized to narrow asynchronous mode, the goal
and current values must be initialized to the maximal values
supported by controller.XPT_GET_TRAN_SETTINGS - get values of
SCSI transfer settingsThis operations is the reverse of
XPT_SET_TRAN_SETTINGS. Fill up the CCB instance "struct
ccb_trans_setting cts" with data as requested by the flags
CCB_TRANS_CURRENT_SETTINGS or CCB_TRANS_USER_SETTINGS (if both
are set then the existing drivers return the current
settings). Set all the bits in the valid field.XPT_CALC_GEOMETRY - calculate logical
(BIOS) geometry of the diskThe arguments are transferred in the instance "struct
ccb_calc_geometry ccg" of the union ccb:block_size - input, block
(A.K.A sector) size in bytesvolume_size - input,
volume size in bytescylinders - output,
logical cylindersheads - output, logical
headssecs_per_track - output,
logical sectors per trackIf the returned geometry differs much enough from what the
SCSI controller BIOS thinks and a disk on this SCSI controller
is used as bootable the system may not be able to boot. The
typical calculation example taken from the aic7xxx driver
is: struct ccb_calc_geometry *ccg;
u_int32_t size_mb;
u_int32_t secs_per_cylinder;
int extended;
ccg = &ccb->ccg;
size_mb = ccg->volume_size
/ ((1024L * 1024L) / ccg->block_size);
extended = check_cards_EEPROM_for_extended_geometry(softc);
if (size_mb > 1024 && extended) {
ccg->heads = 255;
ccg->secs_per_track = 63;
} else {
ccg->heads = 64;
ccg->secs_per_track = 32;
}
secs_per_cylinder = ccg->heads * ccg->secs_per_track;
ccg->cylinders = ccg->volume_size / secs_per_cylinder;
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;This gives the general idea, the exact calculation depends
on the quirks of the particular BIOS. If BIOS provides no way
set the "extended translation" flag in EEPROM this flag should
normally be assumed equal to 1. Other popular geometries
are: 128 heads, 63 sectors - Symbios controllers
16 heads, 63 sectors - old controllersSome system BIOSes and SCSI BIOSes fight with each other
with variable success, for example a combination of Symbios
875/895 SCSI and Phoenix BIOS can give geometry 128/63 after
power up and 255/63 after a hard reset or soft reboot.XPT_PATH_INQ - path inquiry, in other
words get the SIM driver and SCSI controller (also known as HBA
- Host Bus Adapter) propertiesThe properties are returned in the instance "struct
ccb_pathinq cpi" of the union ccb:version_num - the SIM driver version number, now
all drivers use 1hba_inquiry - bitmask of features supported by
the controller:PI_MDP_ABLE - supports MDP message (something
from SCSI3?)PI_WIDE_32 - supports 32 bit wide
SCSIPI_WIDE_16 - supports 16 bit wide
SCSIPI_SDTR_ABLE - can negotiate synchronous
transfer ratePI_LINKED_CDB - supports linked
commandsPI_TAG_ABLE - supports tagged
commandsPI_SOFT_RST - supports soft reset alternative
(hard reset and soft reset are mutually exclusive within a
SCSI bus)target_sprt - flags for target mode support, 0
if unsupportedhba_misc - miscellaneous controller
features:PIM_SCANHILO - bus scans from high ID to low
IDPIM_NOREMOVE - removable devices not included in
scanPIM_NOINITIATOR - initiator role not
supportedPIM_NOBUSRESET - user has disabled initial BUS
RESEThba_eng_cnt - mysterious HBA engine count,
something related to compression, now is always set to
0vuhba_flags - vendor-unique flags, unused
nowmax_target - maximal supported target ID (7 for
8-bit bus, 15 for 16-bit bus, 127 for Fibre
Channel)max_lun - maximal supported LUN ID (7 for older
SCSI controllers, 63 for newer ones)async_flags - bitmask of installed Async
handler, unused nowhpath_id - highest Path ID in the subsystem,
unused nowunit_number - the controller unit number,
cam_sim_unit(sim)bus_id - the bus number,
cam_sim_bus(sim)initiator_id - the SCSI ID of the controller
itselfbase_transfer_speed - nominal transfer speed in
KB/s for asynchronous narrow transfers, equals to 3300 for
SCSIsim_vid - SIM driver's vendor id, a
zero-terminated string of maximal length SIM_IDLEN including
the terminating zerohba_vid - SCSI controller's vendor id, a
zero-terminated string of maximal length HBA_IDLEN including
the terminating zerodev_name - device driver name, a zero-terminated
string of maximal length DEV_IDLEN including the terminating
zero, equal to cam_sim_name(sim)The recommended way of setting the string fields is using
strncpy, like: strncpy(cpi->dev_name, cam_sim_name(sim), DEV_IDLEN);After setting the values set the status to CAM_REQ_CMP and mark the
CCB as done.Pollingstatic void
xxx_pollstruct cam_sim *simThe poll function is used to simulate the interrupts when
the interrupt subsystem is not functioning (for example, when
the system has crashed and is creating the system dump). The CAM
subsystem sets the proper interrupt level before calling the
poll routine. So all it needs to do is to call the interrupt
routine (or the other way around, the poll routine may be doing
the real action and the interrupt routine would just call the
- poll routine). Why bother about a separate function then ?
+ poll routine). Why bother about a separate function then?
Because of different calling conventions. The
xxx_poll routine gets the struct cam_sim
pointer as its argument when the PCI interrupt routine by common
convention gets pointer to the struct
xxx_softc and the ISA interrupt routine
gets just the device unit number. So the poll routine would
normally look as:static void
xxx_poll(struct cam_sim *sim)
{
xxx_intr((struct xxx_softc *)cam_sim_softc(sim)); /* for PCI device */
}orstatic void
xxx_poll(struct cam_sim *sim)
{
xxx_intr(cam_sim_unit(sim)); /* for ISA device */
}Asynchronous EventsIf an asynchronous event callback has been set up then the
callback function should be defined.static void
ahc_async(void *callback_arg, u_int32_t code, struct cam_path *path, void *arg)callback_arg - the value supplied when registering the
callbackcode - identifies the type of eventpath - identifies the devices to which the event
appliesarg - event-specific argumentImplementation for a single type of event, AC_LOST_DEVICE,
looks like: struct xxx_softc *softc;
struct cam_sim *sim;
int targ;
struct ccb_trans_settings neg;
sim = (struct cam_sim *)callback_arg;
softc = (struct xxx_softc *)cam_sim_softc(sim);
switch (code) {
case AC_LOST_DEVICE:
targ = xpt_path_target_id(path);
if(targ <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_TARGET) {
clean_negotiations(softc, targ);
/* send indication to CAM */
neg.bus_width = 8;
neg.sync_period = neg.sync_offset = 0;
neg.valid = (CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID
| CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID | CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID);
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, path, &neg);
}
break;
default:
break;
}InterruptsThe exact type of the interrupt routine depends on the type
of the peripheral bus (PCI, ISA and so on) to which the SCSI
controller is connected.The interrupt routines of the SIM drivers run at the
interrupt level splcam. So splcam() should
be used in the driver to synchronize activity between the
interrupt routine and the rest of the driver (for a
multiprocessor-aware driver things get yet more interesting but
we ignore this case here). The pseudo-code in this document
happily ignores the problems of synchronization. The real code
must not ignore them. A simple-minded approach is to set
splcam() on the entry to the other routines
and reset it on return thus protecting them by one big critical
section. To make sure that the interrupt level will be always
restored a wrapper function can be defined, like: static void
xxx_action(struct cam_sim *sim, union ccb *ccb)
{
int s;
s = splcam();
xxx_action1(sim, ccb);
splx(s);
}
static void
xxx_action1(struct cam_sim *sim, union ccb *ccb)
{
... process the request ...
}This approach is simple and robust but the problem with it
is that interrupts may get blocked for a relatively long time
and this would negatively affect the system's performance. On
the other hand the functions of the spl()
family have rather high overhead, so vast amount of tiny
critical sections may not be good either.The conditions handled by the interrupt routine and the
details depend very much on the hardware. We consider the set of
"typical" conditions.First, we check if a SCSI reset was encountered on the bus
(probably caused by another SCSI controller on the same SCSI
bus). If so we drop all the enqueued and disconnected requests,
report the events and re-initialize our SCSI controller. It is
important that during this initialization the controller will not
issue another reset or else two controllers on the same SCSI bus
could ping-pong resets forever. The case of fatal controller
error/hang could be handled in the same place, but it will
probably need also sending RESET signal to the SCSI bus to reset
the status of the connections with the SCSI devices. int fatal=0;
struct ccb_trans_settings neg;
struct cam_path *path;
if( detected_scsi_reset(softc)
|| (fatal = detected_fatal_controller_error(softc)) ) {
int targ, lun;
struct xxx_hcb *h, *hh;
/* drop all enqueued CCBs */
for(h = softc->first_queued_hcb; h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh = h->next;
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET);
}
/* the clean values of negotiations to report */
neg.bus_width = 8;
neg.sync_period = neg.sync_offset = 0;
neg.valid = (CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID
| CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID | CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID);
/* drop all disconnected CCBs and clean negotiations */
for(targ=0; targ <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_TARGET; targ++) {
clean_negotiations(softc, targ);
/* report the event if possible */
if(xpt_create_path(&path, /*periph*/NULL,
cam_sim_path(sim), targ,
CAM_LUN_WILDCARD) == CAM_REQ_CMP) {
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, path, &neg);
xpt_free_path(path);
}
for(lun=0; lun <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_LUN; lun++)
for(h = softc->first_discon_hcb[targ][lun]; h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh=h->next;
if(fatal)
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_UNREC_HBA_ERROR);
else
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET);
}
}
/* report the event */
xpt_async(AC_BUS_RESET, softc->wpath, NULL);
/* re-initialization may take a lot of time, in such case
* its completion should be signaled by another interrupt or
* checked on timeout - but for simplicity we assume here that
* it's really fast
*/
if(!fatal) {
reinitialize_controller_without_scsi_reset(softc);
} else {
reinitialize_controller_with_scsi_reset(softc);
}
schedule_next_hcb(softc);
return;
}If interrupt is not caused by a controller-wide condition
then probably something has happened to the current hardware
control block. Depending on the hardware there may be other
non-HCB-related events, we just do not consider them here. Then
we analyze what happened to this HCB: struct xxx_hcb *hcb, *h, *hh;
int hcb_status, scsi_status;
int ccb_status;
int targ;
int lun_to_freeze;
hcb = get_current_hcb(softc);
if(hcb == NULL) {
/* either stray interrupt or something went very wrong
* or this is something hardware-dependent
*/
handle as necessary;
return;
}
targ = hcb->target;
hcb_status = get_status_of_current_hcb(softc);First we check if the HCB has completed and if so we check
the returned SCSI status. if(hcb_status == COMPLETED) {
scsi_status = get_completion_status(hcb);Then look if this status is related to the REQUEST SENSE
command and if so handle it in a simple way. if(hcb->flags & DOING_AUTOSENSE) {
if(scsi_status == GOOD) { /* autosense was successful */
hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_AUTOSNS_VALID;
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR);
} else {
autosense_failed:
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, CAM_AUTOSENSE_FAIL);
}
schedule_next_hcb(softc);
return;
}Else the command itself has completed, pay more attention to
details. If auto-sense is not disabled for this CCB and the
command has failed with sense data then run REQUEST SENSE
command to receive that data. hcb->ccb->csio.scsi_status = scsi_status;
calculate_residue(hcb);
if( (hcb->ccb->ccb_h.flags & CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE)==0
&& ( scsi_status == CHECK_CONDITION
|| scsi_status == COMMAND_TERMINATED) ) {
/* start auto-SENSE */
hcb->flags |= DOING_AUTOSENSE;
setup_autosense_command_in_hcb(hcb);
restart_current_hcb(softc);
return;
}
if(scsi_status == GOOD)
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, CAM_REQ_CMP);
else
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR);
schedule_next_hcb(softc);
return;
}One typical thing would be negotiation events: negotiation
messages received from a SCSI target (in answer to our
negotiation attempt or by target's initiative) or the target is
unable to negotiate (rejects our negotiation messages or does
not answer them). switch(hcb_status) {
case TARGET_REJECTED_WIDE_NEG:
/* revert to 8-bit bus */
softc->current_bus_width[targ] = softc->goal_bus_width[targ] = 8;
/* report the event */
neg.bus_width = 8;
neg.valid = CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID;
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, hcb->ccb.ccb_h.path_id, &neg);
continue_current_hcb(softc);
return;
case TARGET_ANSWERED_WIDE_NEG:
{
int wd;
wd = get_target_bus_width_request(softc);
if(wd <= softc->goal_bus_width[targ]) {
/* answer is acceptable */
softc->current_bus_width[targ] =
softc->goal_bus_width[targ] = neg.bus_width = wd;
/* report the event */
neg.valid = CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID;
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, hcb->ccb.ccb_h.path_id, &neg);
} else {
prepare_reject_message(hcb);
}
}
continue_current_hcb(softc);
return;
case TARGET_REQUESTED_WIDE_NEG:
{
int wd;
wd = get_target_bus_width_request(softc);
wd = min (wd, OUR_BUS_WIDTH);
wd = min (wd, softc->user_bus_width[targ]);
if(wd != softc->current_bus_width[targ]) {
/* the bus width has changed */
softc->current_bus_width[targ] =
softc->goal_bus_width[targ] = neg.bus_width = wd;
/* report the event */
neg.valid = CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID;
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, hcb->ccb.ccb_h.path_id, &neg);
}
prepare_width_nego_rsponse(hcb, wd);
}
continue_current_hcb(softc);
return;
}Then we handle any errors that could have happened during
auto-sense in the same simple-minded way as before. Otherwise we
look closer at the details again. if(hcb->flags & DOING_AUTOSENSE)
goto autosense_failed;
switch(hcb_status) {The next event we consider is unexpected disconnect. Which
is considered normal after an ABORT or BUS DEVICE RESET message
and abnormal in other cases. case UNEXPECTED_DISCONNECT:
if(requested_abort(hcb)) {
/* abort affects all commands on that target+LUN, so
* mark all disconnected HCBs on that target+LUN as aborted too
*/
for(h = softc->first_discon_hcb[hcb->target][hcb->lun];
h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh=h->next;
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_REQ_ABORTED);
}
ccb_status = CAM_REQ_ABORTED;
} else if(requested_bus_device_reset(hcb)) {
int lun;
/* reset affects all commands on that target, so
* mark all disconnected HCBs on that target+LUN as reset
*/
for(lun=0; lun <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_LUN; lun++)
for(h = softc->first_discon_hcb[hcb->target][lun];
h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh=h->next;
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET);
}
/* send event */
xpt_async(AC_SENT_BDR, hcb->ccb->ccb_h.path_id, NULL);
/* this was the CAM_RESET_DEV request itself, it's completed */
ccb_status = CAM_REQ_CMP;
} else {
calculate_residue(hcb);
ccb_status = CAM_UNEXP_BUSFREE;
/* request the further code to freeze the queue */
hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN;
lun_to_freeze = hcb->lun;
}
break;If the target refuses to accept tags we notify CAM about
that and return back all commands for this LUN: case TAGS_REJECTED:
/* report the event */
neg.flags = 0 & ~CCB_TRANS_TAG_ENB;
neg.valid = CCB_TRANS_TQ_VALID;
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, hcb->ccb.ccb_h.path_id, &neg);
ccb_status = CAM_MSG_REJECT_REC;
/* request the further code to freeze the queue */
hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN;
lun_to_freeze = hcb->lun;
break;Then we check a number of other conditions, with processing
basically limited to setting the CCB status: case SELECTION_TIMEOUT:
ccb_status = CAM_SEL_TIMEOUT;
/* request the further code to freeze the queue */
hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN;
lun_to_freeze = CAM_LUN_WILDCARD;
break;
case PARITY_ERROR:
ccb_status = CAM_UNCOR_PARITY;
break;
case DATA_OVERRUN:
case ODD_WIDE_TRANSFER:
ccb_status = CAM_DATA_RUN_ERR;
break;
default:
/* all other errors are handled in a generic way */
ccb_status = CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR;
/* request the further code to freeze the queue */
hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN;
lun_to_freeze = CAM_LUN_WILDCARD;
break;
}Then we check if the error was serious enough to freeze the
input queue until it gets proceeded and do so if it is: if(hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status & CAM_DEV_QFRZN) {
/* freeze the queue */
xpt_freeze_devq(ccb->ccb_h.path, /*count*/1);
/* re-queue all commands for this target/LUN back to CAM */
for(h = softc->first_queued_hcb; h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh = h->next;
if(targ == h->targ
&& (lun_to_freeze == CAM_LUN_WILDCARD || lun_to_freeze == h->lun) )
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_REQUEUE_REQ);
}
}
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, ccb_status);
schedule_next_hcb(softc);
return;This concludes the generic interrupt handling although
specific controllers may require some additions.Errors SummaryWhen executing an I/O request many things may go wrong. The
reason of error can be reported in the CCB status with great
detail. Examples of use are spread throughout this document. For
completeness here is the summary of recommended responses for
the typical error conditions:CAM_RESRC_UNAVAIL - some
resource is temporarily unavailable and the SIM driver cannot
generate an event when it will become available. An example of
this resource would be some intra-controller hardware resource
for which the controller does not generate an interrupt when
it becomes available.CAM_UNCOR_PARITY -
unrecovered parity error occurredCAM_DATA_RUN_ERR - data
overrun or unexpected data phase (going in other direction
than specified in CAM_DIR_MASK) or odd transfer length for
wide transferCAM_SEL_TIMEOUT - selection
timeout occurred (target does not respond)CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT - command
timeout occurred (the timeout function ran)CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR - the
device returned errorCAM_AUTOSENSE_FAIL - the
device returned error and the REQUEST SENSE COMMAND
failedCAM_MSG_REJECT_REC - MESSAGE
REJECT message was receivedCAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET - received
SCSI bus resetCAM_REQ_CMP_ERR -
"impossible" SCSI phase occurred or something else as weird or
just a generic error if further detail is not
availableCAM_UNEXP_BUSFREE -
unexpected disconnect occurredCAM_BDR_SENT - BUS DEVICE
RESET message was sent to the targetCAM_UNREC_HBA_ERROR -
unrecoverable Host Bus Adapter ErrorCAM_REQ_TOO_BIG - the request
was too large for this controllerCAM_REQUEUE_REQ - this
request should be re-queued to preserve transaction ordering.
This typically occurs when the SIM recognizes an error that
should freeze the queue and must place other queued requests
for the target at the sim level back into the XPT
queue. Typical cases of such errors are selection timeouts,
command timeouts and other like conditions. In such cases the
troublesome command returns the status indicating the error,
the and the other commands which have not be sent to the bus
yet get re-queued.CAM_LUN_INVALID - the LUN
ID in the request is not supported by the SCSI
controllerCAM_TID_INVALID - the
target ID in the request is not supported by the SCSI
controllerTimeout HandlingWhen the timeout for an HCB expires that request should be
aborted, just like with an XPT_ABORT request. The only
difference is that the returned status of aborted request should
be CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT instead of CAM_REQ_ABORTED (that is why
implementation of the abort better be done as a function). But
there is one more possible problem: what if the abort request
itself will get stuck? In this case the SCSI bus should be
reset, just like with an XPT_RESET_BUS request (and the idea
about implementing it as a function called from both places
applies here too). Also we should reset the whole SCSI bus if a
device reset request got stuck. So after all the timeout
function would look like:static void
xxx_timeout(void *arg)
{
struct xxx_hcb *hcb = (struct xxx_hcb *)arg;
struct xxx_softc *softc;
struct ccb_hdr *ccb_h;
softc = hcb->softc;
ccb_h = &hcb->ccb->ccb_h;
if(hcb->flags & HCB_BEING_ABORTED
|| ccb_h->func_code == XPT_RESET_DEV) {
xxx_reset_bus(softc);
} else {
xxx_abort_ccb(hcb->ccb, CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT);
}
}When we abort a request all the other disconnected requests
to the same target/LUN get aborted too. So there appears a
question, should we return them with status CAM_REQ_ABORTED or
- CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT ? The current drivers use CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT. This
+ CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT? The current drivers use CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT. This
seems logical because if one request got timed out then probably
something really bad is happening to the device, so if they
would not be disturbed they would time out by themselves.
diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml
index 8dfde91426..72970d9733 100644
--- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml
+++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml
@@ -1,390 +1,390 @@
Writing FreeBSD Device DriversThis chapter was written by &a.murray; with selections from a
variety of sources including the intro(4) man page by
&a.joerg;.IntroductionThis chapter provides a brief introduction to writing device
drivers for FreeBSD. A device in this context is a term used
mostly for hardware-related stuff that belongs to the system,
like disks, printers, or a graphics display with its keyboard.
A device driver is the software component of the operating
system that controls a specific device. There are also
so-called pseudo-devices where a device driver emulates the
behaviour of a device in software without any particular
underlying hardware. Device drivers can be compiled into the
system statically or loaded on demand through the dynamic kernel
linker facility `kld'.Most devices in a Unix-like operating system are accessed
through device-nodes, sometimes also called special files.
These files are usually located under the directory
/dev in the file system hierarchy. Until
devfs is fully integrated into FreeBSD, each device node must be
created statically and independent of the existence of the
associated device driver. Most device nodes on the system are
created by running MAKEDEV.Device drivers can roughly be broken down into two
categories; character and network device drivers.Dynamic Kernel Linker Facility - KLDThe kld interface allows system administrators to
dynamically add and remove functionality from a running system.
This allows device driver writers to load their new changes into
a running kernel without constantly rebooting to test
changes.The kld interface is used through the following
- administrator commands :
+ administrator commands:
kldload - loads a new kernel
modulekldunload - unloads a kernel
modulekldstat - lists the currently loaded
modulesSkeleton Layout of a kernel module/*
* KLD Skeleton
* Inspired by Andrew Reiter's Daemonnews article
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/module.h>
#include <sys/systm.h> /* uprintf */
#include <sys/errno.h>
#include <sys/param.h> /* defines used in kernel.h */
#include <sys/kernel.h> /* types used in module initialization */
/*
* Load handler that deals with the loading and unloading of a KLD.
*/
static int
skel_loader(struct module *m, int what, void *arg)
{
int err = 0;
switch (what) {
case MOD_LOAD: /* kldload */
uprintf("Skeleton KLD loaded.\n");
break;
case MOD_UNLOAD:
uprintf("Skeleton KLD unloaded.\n");
break;
default:
err = EINVAL;
break;
}
return(err);
}
/* Declare this module to the rest of the kernel */
static moduledata_t skel_mod = {
"skel",
skel_loader,
NULL
};
DECLARE_MODULE(skeleton, skel_mod, SI_SUB_KLD, SI_ORDER_ANY);MakefileFreeBSD provides a makefile include that you can use to
quickly compile your kernel addition.SRCS=skeleton.c
KMOD=skeleton
.include <bsd.kmod.mk>Simply running make with this makefile
will create a file skeleton.ko that can
- be loaded into your system by typing :
+ be loaded into your system by typing:
&prompt.root; kldload -v ./skeleton.koAccessing a device driverUnix provides a common set of system calls for user
applications to use. The upper layers of the kernel dispatch
these calls to the corresponding device driver when a user
accesses a device node. The /dev/MAKEDEV
script makes most of the device nodes for your system but if you
are doing your own driver development it may be necessary to
create your own device nodes with mknodCreating static device nodesThe mknod command requires four
arguments to create a device node. You must specify the name
of this device node, the type of device, the major number of
the device, and the minor number of the device.Dynamic device nodesThe device filesystem, or devfs, provides access to the
kernel's device namespace in the global filesystem namespace.
This eliminates the problems of potentially having a device
driver without a static device node, or a device node without
an installed device driver. Devfs is still a work in
progress, but it is already working quite nice.Character DevicesA character device driver is one that transfers data
directly to and from a user process. This is the most common
type of device driver and there are plenty of simple examples in
the source tree.This simple example pseudo-device remembers whatever values
you write to it and can then supply them back to you when you
read from it./*
* Simple `echo' pseudo-device KLD
*
* Murray Stokely
*/
#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/module.h>
#include <sys/systm.h> /* uprintf */
#include <sys/errno.h>
#include <sys/param.h> /* defines used in kernel.h */
#include <sys/kernel.h> /* types used in module initialization */
#include <sys/conf.h> /* cdevsw struct */
#include <sys/uio.h> /* uio struct */
#include <sys/malloc.h>
#define BUFFERSIZE 256
/* Function prototypes */
d_open_t echo_open;
d_close_t echo_close;
d_read_t echo_read;
d_write_t echo_write;
/* Character device entry points */
static struct cdevsw echo_cdevsw = {
echo_open,
echo_close,
echo_read,
echo_write,
noioctl,
nopoll,
nommap,
nostrategy,
"echo",
33, /* reserved for lkms - /usr/src/sys/conf/majors */
nodump,
nopsize,
D_TTY,
-1
};
typedef struct s_echo {
char msg[BUFFERSIZE];
int len;
} t_echo;
/* vars */
static dev_t sdev;
static int len;
static int count;
static t_echo *echomsg;
MALLOC_DECLARE(M_ECHOBUF);
MALLOC_DEFINE(M_ECHOBUF, "echobuffer", "buffer for echo module");
/*
* This function acts is called by the kld[un]load(2) system calls to
* determine what actions to take when a module is loaded or unloaded.
*/
static int
echo_loader(struct module *m, int what, void *arg)
{
int err = 0;
switch (what) {
case MOD_LOAD: /* kldload */
sdev = make_dev(&echo_cdevsw,
0,
UID_ROOT,
GID_WHEEL,
0600,
"echo");
/* kmalloc memory for use by this driver */
/* malloc(256,M_ECHOBUF,M_WAITOK); */
MALLOC(echomsg, t_echo *, sizeof(t_echo), M_ECHOBUF, M_WAITOK);
printf("Echo device loaded.\n");
break;
case MOD_UNLOAD:
destroy_dev(sdev);
FREE(echomsg,M_ECHOBUF);
printf("Echo device unloaded.\n");
break;
default:
err = EINVAL;
break;
}
return(err);
}
int
echo_open(dev_t dev, int oflags, int devtype, struct proc *p)
{
int err = 0;
uprintf("Opened device \"echo\" successfully.\n");
return(err);
}
int
echo_close(dev_t dev, int fflag, int devtype, struct proc *p)
{
uprintf("Closing device \"echo.\"\n");
return(0);
}
/*
* The read function just takes the buf that was saved via
* echo_write() and returns it to userland for accessing.
* uio(9)
*/
int
echo_read(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag)
{
int err = 0;
int amt;
/* How big is this read operation? Either as big as the user wants,
or as big as the remaining data */
amt = MIN(uio->uio_resid, (echomsg->len - uio->uio_offset > 0) ? echomsg->len - uio->uio_offset : 0);
if ((err = uiomove(echomsg->msg + uio->uio_offset,amt,uio)) != 0) {
uprintf("uiomove failed!\n");
}
return err;
}
/*
* echo_write takes in a character string and saves it
* to buf for later accessing.
*/
int
echo_write(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag)
{
int err = 0;
/* Copy the string in from user memory to kernel memory */
err = copyin(uio->uio_iov->iov_base, echomsg->msg, MIN(uio->uio_iov->iov_len,BUFFERSIZE));
/* Now we need to null terminate */
*(echomsg->msg + MIN(uio->uio_iov->iov_len,BUFFERSIZE)) = 0;
/* Record the length */
echomsg->len = MIN(uio->uio_iov->iov_len,BUFFERSIZE);
if (err != 0) {
uprintf("Write failed: bad address!\n");
}
count++;
return(err);
}
DEV_MODULE(echo,echo_loader,NULL);To install this driver you will first need to make a node on
- your filesystem with a command such as :
+ your filesystem with a command such as:
&prompt.root; mknod /dev/echo c 33 0With this driver loaded you should now be able to type
- something like :
+ something like:
&prompt.root; echo -n "Test Data" > /dev/echo
&prompt.root; cat /dev/echo
Test DataReal hardware devices in the next chapter..Additional Resources
Dynamic
Kernel Linker (KLD) Facility Programming Tutorial -
Daemonnews October 2000How
to Write Kernel Drivers with NEWBUS - Daemonnews July
2000Network DriversDrivers for network devices do not use device nodes in order
to be accessed. Their selection is based on other decisions
made inside the kernel and instead of calling open(), use of a
network device is generally introduced by using the system call
socket(2).man ifnet(), loopback device, Bill Paul's drivers,
etc..
diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml
index dde9cd3968..f90c0067c3 100644
--- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml
+++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml
@@ -1,2479 +1,2479 @@
ISA device drivers
This chapter was written by &a.babkin; Modifications for the
handbook made by &a.murray;, &a.wylie;, and &a.logo;.
SynopsisThis chapter introduces the issues relevant to writing a
driver for an ISA device. The pseudo-code presented here is
rather detailed and reminiscent of the real code but is still
only pseudo-code. It avoids the details irrelevant to the
subject of the discussion. The real-life examples can be found
in the source code of real drivers. In particular the drivers
"ep" and "aha" are good sources of information.Basic informationA typical ISA driver would need the following include
files:#include <sys/module.h>
#include <sys/bus.h>
#include <machine/bus.h>
#include <machine/resource.h>
#include <sys/rman.h>
#include <isa/isavar.h>
#include <isa/pnpvar.h>They describe the things specific to the ISA and generic
bus subsystem.The bus subsystem is implemented in an object-oriented
fashion, its main structures are accessed by associated method
functions.The list of bus methods implemented by an ISA driver is like
one for any other bus. For a hypothetical driver named "xxx"
they would be:static void xxx_isa_identify (driver_t *,
device_t); Normally used for bus drivers, not
device drivers. But for ISA devices this method may have
special use: if the device provides some device-specific
(non-PnP) way to auto-detect devices this routine may
implement it.static int xxx_isa_probe (device_t
dev); Probe for a device at a known (or PnP)
location. This routine can also accommodate device-specific
auto-detection of parameters for partially configured
devices.static int xxx_isa_attach (device_t
dev); Attach and initialize device.static int xxx_isa_detach (device_t
dev); Detach device before unloading the driver
module.static int xxx_isa_shutdown (device_t
dev); Execute shutdown of the device before
system shutdown.static int xxx_isa_suspend (device_t
dev); Suspend the device before the system goes
to the power-save state. May also abort transition to the
power-save state.static int xxx_isa_resume (device_t
dev); Resume the device activity after return
from power-save state.xxx_isa_probe() and
xxx_isa_attach() are mandatory, the rest of
the routines are optional, depending on the device's
needs.The driver is linked to the system with the following set of
descriptions. /* table of supported bus methods */
static device_method_t xxx_isa_methods[] = {
/* list all the bus method functions supported by the driver */
/* omit the unsupported methods */
DEVMETHOD(device_identify, xxx_isa_identify),
DEVMETHOD(device_probe, xxx_isa_probe),
DEVMETHOD(device_attach, xxx_isa_attach),
DEVMETHOD(device_detach, xxx_isa_detach),
DEVMETHOD(device_shutdown, xxx_isa_shutdown),
DEVMETHOD(device_suspend, xxx_isa_suspend),
DEVMETHOD(device_resume, xxx_isa_resume),
{ 0, 0 }
};
static driver_t xxx_isa_driver = {
"xxx",
xxx_isa_methods,
sizeof(struct xxx_softc),
};
static devclass_t xxx_devclass;
DRIVER_MODULE(xxx, isa, xxx_isa_driver, xxx_devclass,
load_function, load_argument);Here struct xxx_softc is a
device-specific structure that contains private driver data
and descriptors for the driver's resources. The bus code
automatically allocates one softc descriptor per device as
needed.If the driver is implemented as a loadable module then
load_function() is called to do
driver-specific initialization or clean-up when the driver is
loaded or unloaded and load_argument is passed as one of its
arguments. If the driver does not support dynamic loading (in
other words it must always be linked into kernel) then these
values should be set to 0 and the last definition would look
like: DRIVER_MODULE(xxx, isa, xxx_isa_driver,
xxx_devclass, 0, 0);If the driver is for a device which supports PnP then a
table of supported PnP IDs must be defined. The table
consists of a list of PnP IDs supported by this driver and
human-readable descriptions of the hardware types and models
having these IDs. It looks like: static struct isa_pnp_id xxx_pnp_ids[] = {
/* a line for each supported PnP ID */
{ 0x12345678, "Our device model 1234A" },
{ 0x12345679, "Our device model 1234B" },
{ 0, NULL }, /* end of table */
};If the driver does not support PnP devices it still needs
an empty PnP ID table, like: static struct isa_pnp_id xxx_pnp_ids[] = {
{ 0, NULL }, /* end of table */
};Device_t pointerDevice_t is the pointer type for
the device structure. Here we consider only the methods
interesting from the device driver writer's standpoint. The
methods to manipulate values in the device structure
are:device_t
device_get_parent(dev) Get the parent bus of a
device.driver_t
device_get_driver(dev) Get pointer to its driver
structure.char
*device_get_name(dev) Get the driver name, such
as "xxx" for our example.int device_get_unit(dev)
Get the unit number (units are numbered from 0 for the
devices associated with each driver).char
*device_get_nameunit(dev) Get the device name
- including the unit number, such as "xxx0" , "xxx1" and so
+ including the unit number, such as "xxx0", "xxx1" and so
on.char
*device_get_desc(dev) Get the device
description. Normally it describes the exact model of device
in human-readable form.device_set_desc(dev,
desc) Set the description. This makes the device
description point to the string desc which may not be
deallocated or changed after that.device_set_desc_copy(dev,
desc) Set the description. The description is
copied into an internal dynamically allocated buffer, so the
string desc may be changed afterwards without adverse
effects.void
*device_get_softc(dev) Get pointer to the device
descriptor (struct xxx_softc)
associated with this device.u_int32_t
device_get_flags(dev) Get the flags specified for
the device in the configuration file.A convenience function device_printf(dev, fmt,
...) may be used to print the messages from the
device driver. It automatically prepends the unitname and
colon to the message.The device_t methods are implemented in the file
kern/bus_subr.c.Config file and the order of identifying and probing
during auto-configurationThe ISA devices are described in the kernel config file
like:device xxx0 at isa? port 0x300 irq 10 drq 5
iomem 0xd0000 flags 0x1 sensitiveThe values of port, IRQ and so on are converted to the
resource values associated with the device. They are optional,
depending on the device needs and abilities for
auto-configuration. For example, some devices do not need DRQ
at all and some allow the driver to read the IRQ setting from
the device configuration ports. If a machine has multiple ISA
buses the exact bus may be specified in the configuration
line, like "isa0" or "isa1", otherwise the device would be
searched for on all the ISA buses."sensitive" is a resource requesting that this device must
be probed before all non-sensitive devices. It is supported
but does not seem to be used in any current driver.For legacy ISA devices in many cases the drivers are still
able to detect the configuration parameters. But each device
to be configured in the system must have a config line. If two
devices of some type are installed in the system but there is
only one configuration line for the corresponding driver, ie:
device xxx0 at isa? then only
one device will be configured.But for the devices supporting automatic identification by
the means of Plug-n-Play or some proprietary protocol one
configuration line is enough to configure all the devices in
the system, like the one above or just simply:device xxx at isa?If a driver supports both auto-identified and legacy
devices and both kinds are installed at once in one machine
then it is enough to describe in the config file the legacy
devices only. The auto-identified devices will be added
automatically.When an ISA bus is auto-configured the events happen as
follows:All the drivers' identify routines (including the PnP
identify routine which identifies all the PnP devices) are
called in random order. As they identify the devices they add
them to the list on the ISA bus. Normally the drivers'
identify routines associate their drivers with the new
devices. The PnP identify routine does not know about the
other drivers yet so it does not associate any with the new
devices it adds.The PnP devices are put to sleep using the PnP protocol to
prevent them from being probed as legacy devices.The probe routines of non-PnP devices marked as
"sensitive" are called. If probe for a device went
successfully, the attach routine is called for it.The probe and attach routines of all non-PNP devices are
called likewise.The PnP devices are brought back from the sleep state and
assigned the resources they request: I/O and memory address
ranges, IRQs and DRQs, all of them not conflicting with the
attached legacy devices.Then for each PnP device the probe routines of all the
present ISA drivers are called. The first one that claims the
device gets attached. It is possible that multiple drivers
would claim the device with different priority, the
highest-priority driver wins. The probe routines must call
ISA_PNP_PROBE() to compare the actual PnP
ID with the list of the IDs supported by the driver and if the
ID is not in the table return failure. That means that
absolutely every driver, even the ones not supporting any PnP
devices must call ISA_PNP_PROBE(), at
least with an empty PnP ID table to return failure on unknown
PnP devices.The probe routine returns a positive value (the error
code) on error, zero or negative value on success.The negative return values are used when a PnP device
supports multiple interfaces. For example, an older
compatibility interface and a newer advanced interface which
are supported by different drivers. Then both drivers would
detect the device. The driver which returns a higher value in
the probe routine takes precedence (in other words, the driver
returning 0 has highest precedence, returning -1 is next,
returning -2 is after it and so on). In result the devices
which support only the old interface will be handled by the
old driver (which should return -1 from the probe routine)
while the devices supporting the new interface as well will be
handled by the new driver (which should return 0 from the
probe routine). If multiple drivers return the same value then
the one called first wins. So if a driver returns value 0 it
may be sure that it won the priority arbitration.The device-specific identify routines can also assign not
a driver but a class of drivers to the device. Then all the
drivers in the class are probed for this device, like the case
with PnP. This feature is not implemented in any existing
driver and is not considered further in this document.Because the PnP devices are disabled when probing the
legacy devices they will not be attached twice (once as legacy
and once as PnP). But in case of device-dependent identify
routines it is the responsibility of the driver to make sure
that the same device will not be attached by the driver twice:
once as legacy user-configured and once as
auto-identified.Another practical consequence for the auto-identified
devices (both PnP and device-specific) is that the flags can
not be passed to them from the kernel configuration file. So
they must either not use the flags at all or use the flags
from the device unit 0 for all the auto-identified devices or
use the sysctl interface instead of flags.Other unusual configurations may be accommodated by
accessing the configuration resources directly with functions
of families resource_query_*() and
resource_*_value(). Their implementations
are located in kern/subr_bus.h. The old IDE disk driver
i386/isa/wd.c contains examples of such use. But the standard
means of configuration must always be preferred. Leave parsing
the configuration resources to the bus configuration
code.ResourcesThe information that a user enters into the kernel
configuration file is processed and passed to the kernel as
configuration resources. This information is parsed by the bus
configuration code and transformed into a value of structure
device_t and the bus resources associated with it. The drivers
may access the configuration resources directly using
functions resource_* for more complex cases of
configuration. But generally it is not needed nor recommended,
so this issue is not discussed further.The bus resources are associated with each device. They
are identified by type and number within the type. For the ISA
bus the following types are defined:SYS_RES_IRQ - interrupt
numberSYS_RES_DRQ - ISA DMA channel
numberSYS_RES_MEMORY - range of
device memory mapped into the system memory space
SYS_RES_IOPORT - range of
device I/O registersThe enumeration within types starts from 0, so if a device
has two memory regions if would have resources of type
SYS_RES_MEMORY numbered 0 and 1. The resource type has
nothing to do with the C language type, all the resource
values have the C language type "unsigned long" and must be
cast as necessary. The resource numbers do not have to be
contiguous although for ISA they normally would be. The
permitted resource numbers for ISA devices are: IRQ: 0-1
DRQ: 0-1
MEMORY: 0-3
IOPORT: 0-7All the resources are represented as ranges, with a start
value and count. For IRQ and DRQ resources the count would be
normally equal to 1. The values for memory refer to the
physical addresses.Three types of activities can be performed on
resources:set/getallocate/releaseactivate/deactivateSetting sets the range used by the resource. Allocation
reserves the requested range that no other driver would be
able to reserve it (and checking that no other driver reserved
this range already). Activation makes the resource accessible
to the driver doing whatever is necessary for that (for
example, for memory it would be mapping into the kernel
virtual address space).The functions to manipulate resources are:int bus_set_resource(device_t dev, int type,
int rid, u_long start, u_long count)Set a range for a resource. Returns 0 if successful,
error code otherwise. Normally the only reason this
function would return an error is value of type, rid,
start or count out of permitted range. dev - driver's device type - type of resource, SYS_RES_* rid - resource number (ID) within type start, count - resource range int bus_get_resource(device_t dev, int type,
int rid, u_long *startp, u_long *countp)Get the range of resource. Returns 0 if successful,
error code if the resource is not defined yet.u_long bus_get_resource_start(device_t dev,
int type, int rid) u_long bus_get_resource_count (device_t
dev, int type, int rid)Convenience functions to get only the start or
count. Return 0 in case of error, so if the resource start
has 0 among the legitimate values it would be impossible
to tell if the value is 0 or an error occurred. Luckily,
no ISA resources for add-on drivers may have a start value
equal 0.void bus_delete_resource(device_t dev, int
type, int rid) Delete a resource, make it undefined.struct resource *
bus_alloc_resource(device_t dev, int type, int *rid,
u_long start, u_long end, u_long count, u_int
flags)Allocate a resource as a range of count values not
allocated by anyone else, somewhere between start and
end. Alas, alignment is not supported. If the resource
was not set yet it is automatically created. The special
values of start 0 and end ~0 (all ones) means that the
fixed values previously set by
bus_set_resource() must be used
instead: start and count as themselves and
end=(start+count), in this case if the resource was not
defined before then an error is returned. Although rid is
passed by reference it is not set anywhere by the resource
allocation code of the ISA bus. (The other buses may use a
different approach and modify it).Flags are a bitmap, the flags interesting for the caller
are:RF_ACTIVE - causes the resource
to be automatically activated after allocation.RF_SHAREABLE - resource may be
shared at the same time by multiple drivers.RF_TIMESHARE - resource may be
time-shared by multiple drivers, i.e. allocated at the
same time by many but activated only by one at any given
moment of time.Returns 0 on error. The allocated values may be
obtained from the returned handle using methods
rhand_*().int bus_release_resource(device_t dev, int
type, int rid, struct resource *r)Release the resource, r is the handle returned by
bus_alloc_resource(). Returns 0 on
success, error code otherwise.int bus_activate_resource(device_t dev, int
type, int rid, struct resource *r)int bus_deactivate_resource(device_t dev, int
type, int rid, struct resource *r)Activate or deactivate resource. Return 0 on success,
error code otherwise. If the resource is time-shared and
currently activated by another driver then EBUSY is
returned.int bus_setup_intr(device_t dev, struct
resource *r, int flags, driver_intr_t *handler, void *arg,
void **cookiep)int
bus_teardown_intr(device_t dev, struct resource *r, void
*cookie)Associate or de-associate the interrupt handler with a
device. Return 0 on success, error code otherwise.r - the activated resource handler describing the
IRQflags - the interrupt priority level, one of:INTR_TYPE_TTY - terminals and
other likewise character-type devices. To mask them
use spltty().(INTR_TYPE_TTY |
INTR_TYPE_FAST) - terminal type devices
with small input buffer, critical to the data loss on
input (such as the old-fashioned serial ports). To
mask them use spltty().INTR_TYPE_BIO - block-type
devices, except those on the CAM controllers. To mask
them use splbio().INTR_TYPE_CAM - CAM (Common
Access Method) bus controllers. To mask them use
splcam().INTR_TYPE_NET - network
interface controllers. To mask them use
splimp().INTR_TYPE_MISC -
miscellaneous devices. There is no other way to mask
them than by splhigh() which
masks all interrupts.When an interrupt handler executes all the other
interrupts matching its priority level will be masked. The
only exception is the MISC level for which no other interrupts
are masked and which is not masked by any other
interrupt.handler - pointer to the handler
function, the type driver_intr_t is defined as "void
driver_intr_t(void *)"arg - the argument passed to the
handler to identify this particular device. It is cast
from void* to any real type by the handler. The old
convention for the ISA interrupt handlers was to use the
unit number as argument, the new (recommended) convention
is using a pointer to the device softc structure.cookie[p] - the value received
from setup() is used to identify the
handler when passed to
teardown()A number of methods is defined to operate on the resource
handlers (struct resource *). Those of interest to the device
driver writers are:u_long rman_get_start(r) u_long
rman_get_end(r) Get the start and end of
allocated resource range.void *rman_get_virtual(r) Get
the virtual address of activated memory resource.Bus memory mappingIn many cases data is exchanged between the driver and the
device through the memory. Two variants are possible:(a) memory is located on the device card(b) memory is the main memory of computerIn the case (a) the driver always copies the data back and
forth between the on-card memory and the main memory as
necessary. To map the on-card memory into the kernel virtual
address space the physical address and length of the on-card
memory must be defined as a SYS_RES_MEMORY resource. That
resource can then be allocated and activated, and its virtual
address obtained using
rman_get_virtual(). The older drivers
used the function pmap_mapdev() for this
purpose, which should not be used directly any more. Now it is
one of the internal steps of resource activation.Most of the ISA cards will have their memory configured
for physical location somewhere in range 640KB-1MB. Some of
the ISA cards require larger memory ranges which should be
placed somewhere under 16MB (because of the 24-bit address
limitation on the ISA bus). In that case if the machine has
more memory than the start address of the device memory (in
other words, they overlap) a memory hole must be configured at
the address range used by devices. Many BIOSes allow to
configure a memory hole of 1MB starting at 14MB or
15MB. FreeBSD can handle the memory holes properly if the BIOS
reports them properly (old BIOSes may have this feature
broken).In the case (b) just the address of the data is sent to
the device, and the device uses DMA to actually access the
data in the main memory. Two limitations are present: First,
ISA cards can only access memory below 16MB. Second, the
contiguous pages in virtual address space may not be
contiguous in physical address space, so the device may have
to do scatter/gather operations. The bus subsystem provides
ready solutions for some of these problems, the rest has to be
done by the drivers themselves.Two structures are used for DMA memory allocation,
bus_dma_tag_t and bus_dmamap_t. Tag describes the properties
required for the DMA memory. Map represents a memory block
allocated according to these properties. Multiple maps may be
associated with the same tag.Tags are organized into a tree-like hierarchy with
inheritance of the properties. A child tag inherits all the
requirements of its parent tag or may make them more strict
but never more loose.Normally one top-level tag (with no parent) is created for
each device unit. If multiple memory areas with different
requirements are needed for each device then a tag for each of
them may be created as a child of the parent tag.The tags can be used to create a map in two ways.First, a chunk of contiguous memory conformant with the
tag requirements may be allocated (and later may be
freed). This is normally used to allocate relatively
long-living areas of memory for communication with the
device. Loading of such memory into a map is trivial: it is
always considered as one chunk in the appropriate physical
memory range.Second, an arbitrary area of virtual memory may be loaded
into a map. Each page of this memory will be checked for
conformance to the map requirement. If it conforms then it is
left at its original location. If it is not then a fresh
conformant "bounce page" is allocated and used as intermediate
storage. When writing the data from the non-conformant
original pages they will be copied to their bounce pages first
and then transferred from the bounce pages to the device. When
reading the data would go from the device to the bounce pages
and then copied to their non-conformant original pages. The
process of copying between the original and bounce pages is
called synchronization. This is normally used on per-transfer
basis: buffer for each transfer would be loaded, transfer done
and buffer unloaded.The functions working on the DMA memory are:int bus_dma_tag_create(bus_dma_tag_t parent,
bus_size_t alignment, bus_size_t boundary, bus_addr_t
lowaddr, bus_addr_t highaddr, bus_dma_filter_t *filter, void
*filterarg, bus_size_t maxsize, int nsegments, bus_size_t
maxsegsz, int flags, bus_dma_tag_t *dmat)Create a new tag. Returns 0 on success, the error code
otherwise.parent - parent tag, or NULL to
create a top-level tag alignment -
required physical alignment of the memory area to be
allocated for this tag. Use value 1 for "no specific
alignment". Applies only to the future
bus_dmamem_alloc() but not
bus_dmamap_create() calls.
boundary - physical address
boundary that must not be crossed when allocating the
memory. Use value 0 for "no boundary". Applies only to
the future bus_dmamem_alloc() but
not bus_dmamap_create() calls.
Must be power of 2. If the memory is planned to be used
in non-cascaded DMA mode (i.e. the DMA addresses will be
supplied not by the device itself but by the ISA DMA
controller) then the boundary must be no larger than
64KB (64*1024) due to the limitations of the DMA
hardware.lowaddr, highaddr - the names
are slighlty misleading; these values are used to limit
the permitted range of physical addresses used to
allocate the memory. The exact meaning varies depending
on the planned future use:For bus_dmamem_alloc() all
the addresses from 0 to lowaddr-1 are considered
permitted, the higher ones are forbidden.For bus_dmamap_create() all
the addresses outside the inclusive range [lowaddr;
highaddr] are considered accessible. The addresses
of pages inside the range are passed to the filter
function which decides if they are accessible. If no
filter function is supplied then all the range is
considered unaccessible.For the ISA devices the normal values (with no
filter function) are:lowaddr = BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR_24BIThighaddr = BUS_SPACE_MAXADDRfilter, filterarg - the filter
function and its argument. If NULL is passed for filter
then the whole range [lowaddr, highaddr] is considered
unaccessible when doing
bus_dmamap_create(). Otherwise the
physical address of each attempted page in range
[lowaddr; highaddr] is passed to the filter function
which decides if it is accessible. The prototype of the
filter function is: int filterfunc(void *arg,
bus_addr_t paddr) It must return 0 if the
page is accessible, non-zero otherwise.maxsize - the maximal size of
memory (in bytes) that may be allocated through this
tag. In case it is difficult to estimate or could be
arbitrarily big, the value for ISA devices would be
BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_24BIT.nsegments - maximal number of
scatter-gather segments supported by the device. If
unrestricted then the value BUS_SPACE_UNRESTRICTED
should be used. This value is recommended for the parent
tags, the actual restrictions would then be specified
for the descendant tags. Tags with nsegments equal to
BUS_SPACE_UNRESTRICTED may not be used to actually load
maps, they may be used only as parent tags. The
practical limit for nsegments seems to be about 250-300,
higher values will cause kernel stack overflow. But
anyway the hardware normally can not support that many
scatter-gather buffers.maxsegsz - maximal size of a
scatter-gather segment supported by the device. The
maximal value for ISA device would be
BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_24BIT.flags - a bitmap of flags. The
only interesting flags are:BUS_DMA_ALLOCNOW - requests
to allocate all the potentially needed bounce pages
when creating the tagBUS_DMA_ISA - mysterious
flag used only on Alpha machines. It is not defined
for the i386 machines. Probably it should be used
by all the ISA drivers for Alpha machines but it
looks like there are no such drivers yet.dmat - pointer to the storage
for the new tag to be returnedint bus_dma_tag_destroy(bus_dma_tag_t
dmat)Destroy a tag. Returns 0 on success, the error code
otherwise.dmat - the tag to be destroyedint bus_dmamem_alloc(bus_dma_tag_t dmat,
void** vaddr, int flags, bus_dmamap_t
*mapp)Allocate an area of contiguous memory described by the
tag. The size of memory to be allocated is tag's maxsize.
Returns 0 on success, the error code otherwise. The result
still has to be loaded by
bus_dmamap_load() before used to get
the physical address of the memory.dmat - the tag
vaddr - pointer to the storage
for the kernel virtual address of the allocated area
to be returned.
flags - a bitmap of flags. The only interesting flag is:
BUS_DMA_NOWAIT - if the
memory is not immediately available return the
error. If this flag is not set then the routine
is allowed to sleep waiting until the memory
will become available.
mapp - pointer to the storage
for the new map to be returned
void bus_dmamem_free(bus_dma_tag_t dmat, void
*vaddr, bus_dmamap_t map)
Free the memory allocated by
bus_dmamem_alloc(). As of now
freeing of the memory allocated with ISA restrictions is
not implemented. Because of this the recommended model
of use is to keep and re-use the allocated areas for as
long as possible. Do not lightly free some area and then
shortly allocate it again. That does not mean that
bus_dmamem_free() should not be
used at all: hopefully it will be properly implemented
soon.
dmat - the tag
vaddr - the kernel virtual
address of the memory
map - the map of the memory (as
returned from
bus_dmamem_alloc())
int bus_dmamap_create(bus_dma_tag_t dmat, int
flags, bus_dmamap_t *mapp)
Create a map for the tag, to be used in
bus_dmamap_load() later. Returns 0
on success, the error code otherwise.
dmat - the tag
flags - theoretically, a bit map
of flags. But no flags are defined yet, so as of now
it will be always 0.
mapp - pointer to the storage
for the new map to be returned
int bus_dmamap_destroy(bus_dma_tag_t dmat,
bus_dmamap_t map)
Destroy a map. Returns 0 on success, the error code otherwise.
dmat - the tag to which the map is associated
map - the map to be destroyed
int bus_dmamap_load(bus_dma_tag_t dmat,
bus_dmamap_t map, void *buf, bus_size_t buflen,
bus_dmamap_callback_t *callback, void *callback_arg, int
flags)
Load a buffer into the map (the map must be previously
created by bus_dmamap_create() or
bus_dmamem_alloc()). All the pages
of the buffer are checked for conformance to the tag
requirements and for those not conformant the bounce
pages are allocated. An array of physical segment
descriptors is built and passed to the callback
routine. This callback routine is then expected to
handle it in some way. The number of bounce buffers in
the system is limited, so if the bounce buffers are
needed but not immediately available the request will be
queued and the callback will be called when the bounce
buffers will become available. Returns 0 if the callback
was executed immediately or EINPROGRESS if the request
was queued for future execution. In the latter case the
synchronization with queued callback routine is the
responsibility of the driver.
dmat - the tag
map - the map
buf - kernel virtual address of
the buffer
buflen - length of the buffer
callback,
callback_arg - the callback function and
its argument
The prototype of callback function is:
void callback(void *arg, bus_dma_segment_t
*seg, int nseg, int error)arg - the same as callback_arg
passed to bus_dmamap_load()seg - array of the segment
descriptors
nseg - number of descriptors in
array
error - indication of the
segment number overflow: if it is set to EFBIG then
the buffer did not fit into the maximal number of
segments permitted by the tag. In this case only the
permitted number of descriptors will be in the
array. Handling of this situation is up to the
driver: depending on the desired semantics it can
either consider this an error or split the buffer in
two and handle the second part separately
Each entry in the segments array contains the fields:
ds_addr - physical bus address
of the segment
ds_len - length of the segment
void bus_dmamap_unload(bus_dma_tag_t dmat,
bus_dmamap_t map)unload the map.
dmat - tag
map - loaded map
void bus_dmamap_sync (bus_dma_tag_t dmat,
bus_dmamap_t map, bus_dmasync_op_t op)
Synchronise a loaded buffer with its bounce pages before
and after physical transfer to or from device. This is
the function that does all the necessary copying of data
between the original buffer and its mapped version. The
buffers must be synchronized both before and after doing
the transfer.
dmat - tag
map - loaded map
op - type of synchronization
operation to perform:
BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD - before
reading from device into buffer
BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD - after
reading from device into buffer
BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE - before
writing the buffer to device
BUS_DMASYNC_POSTWRITE - after
writing the buffer to device
As of now PREREAD and POSTWRITE are null operations but that
may change in the future, so they must not be ignored in the
driver. Synchronization is not needed for the memory
obtained from bus_dmamem_alloc().
Before calling the callback function from
bus_dmamap_load() the segment array is
stored in the stack. And it gets pre-allocated for the
maximal number of segments allowed by the tag. Because of
this the practical limit for the number of segments on i386
architecture is about 250-300 (the kernel stack is 4KB minus
the size of the user structure, size of a segment array
entry is 8 bytes, and some space must be left). Because the
array is allocated based on the maximal number this value
must not be set higher than really needed. Fortunately, for
most of hardware the maximal supported number of segments is
much lower. But if the driver wants to handle buffers with a
very large number of scatter-gather segments it should do
that in portions: load part of the buffer, transfer it to
the device, load next part of the buffer, and so on.
Another practical consequence is that the number of segments
may limit the size of the buffer. If all the pages in the
buffer happen to be physically non-contiguous then the
maximal supported buffer size for that fragmented case would
be (nsegments * page_size). For example, if a maximal number
of 10 segments is supported then on i386 maximal guaranteed
supported buffer size would be 40K. If a higher size is
desired then special tricks should be used in the driver.
If the hardware does not support scatter-gather at all or
the driver wants to support some buffer size even if it is
heavily fragmented then the solution is to allocate a
contiguous buffer in the driver and use it as intermediate
storage if the original buffer does not fit.
Below are the typical call sequences when using a map depend
on the use of the map. The characters -> are used to show
the flow of time.
For a buffer which stays practically fixed during all the
time between attachment and detachment of a device:
bus_dmamem_alloc -> bus_dmamap_load -> ...use buffer... ->
-> bus_dmamap_unload -> bus_dmamem_free
For a buffer that changes frequently and is passed from
outside the driver:
bus_dmamap_create ->
-> bus_dmamap_load -> bus_dmamap_sync(PRE...) -> do transfer ->
-> bus_dmamap_sync(POST...) -> bus_dmamap_unload ->
...
-> bus_dmamap_load -> bus_dmamap_sync(PRE...) -> do transfer ->
-> bus_dmamap_sync(POST...) -> bus_dmamap_unload ->
-> bus_dmamap_destroy
When loading a map created by
bus_dmamem_alloc() the passed address
and size of the buffer must be the same as used in
bus_dmamem_alloc(). In this case it is
guaranteed that the whole buffer will be mapped as one
segment (so the callback may be based on this assumption)
and the request will be executed immediately (EINPROGRESS
will never be returned). All the callback needs to do in
this case is to save the physical address.
A typical example would be:
static void
alloc_callback(void *arg, bus_dma_segment_t *seg, int nseg, int error)
{
*(bus_addr_t *)arg = seg[0].ds_addr;
}
...
int error;
struct somedata {
....
};
struct somedata *vsomedata; /* virtual address */
bus_addr_t psomedata; /* physical bus-relative address */
bus_dma_tag_t tag_somedata;
bus_dmamap_t map_somedata;
...
error=bus_dma_tag_create(parent_tag, alignment,
boundary, lowaddr, highaddr, /*filter*/ NULL, /*filterarg*/ NULL,
/*maxsize*/ sizeof(struct somedata), /*nsegments*/ 1,
/*maxsegsz*/ sizeof(struct somedata), /*flags*/ 0,
&tag_somedata);
if(error)
return error;
error = bus_dmamem_alloc(tag_somedata, &vsomedata, /* flags*/ 0,
&map_somedata);
if(error)
return error;
bus_dmamap_load(tag_somedata, map_somedata, (void *)vsomedata,
sizeof (struct somedata), alloc_callback,
(void *) &psomedata, /*flags*/0);
Looks a bit long and complicated but that is the way to do
it. The practical consequence is: if multiple memory areas
are allocated always together it would be a really good idea
to combine them all into one structure and allocate as one
(if the alignment and boundary limitations permit).
When loading an arbitrary buffer into the map created by
bus_dmamap_create() special measures
must be taken to synchronize with the callback in case it
would be delayed. The code would look like:
{
int s;
int error;
s = splsoftvm();
error = bus_dmamap_load(
dmat,
dmamap,
buffer_ptr,
buffer_len,
callback,
/*callback_arg*/ buffer_descriptor,
/*flags*/0);
if (error == EINPROGRESS) {
/*
* Do whatever is needed to ensure synchronization
* with callback. Callback is guaranteed not to be started
* until we do splx() or tsleep().
*/
}
splx(s);
}
Two possible approaches for the processing of requests are:
1. If requests are completed by marking them explicitly as
done (such as the CAM requests) then it would be simpler to
put all the further processing into the callback driver
which would mark the request when it is done. Then not much
extra synchronization is needed. For the flow control
reasons it may be a good idea to freeze the request queue
until this request gets completed.
2. If requests are completed when the function returns (such
as classic read or write requests on character devices) then
a synchronization flag should be set in the buffer
descriptor and tsleep() called. Later
when the callback gets called it will do its processing and
check this synchronization flag. If it is set then the
callback should issue a wakeup. In this approach the
callback function could either do all the needed processing
(just like the previous case) or simply save the segments
array in the buffer descriptor. Then after callback
completes the calling function could use this saved segments
array and do all the processing.
DMA
The Direct Memory Access (DMA) is implemented in the ISA bus
through the DMA controller (actually, two of them but that is
an irrelevant detail). To make the early ISA devices simple
and cheap the logic of the bus control and address
generation was concentrated in the DMA controller.
Fortunately, FreeBSD provides a set of functions that mostly
hide the annoying details of the DMA controller from the
device drivers.
The simplest case is for the fairly intelligent
devices. Like the bus master devices on PCI they can
generate the bus cycles and memory addresses all by
themselves. The only thing they really need from the DMA
controller is bus arbitration. So for this purpose they
pretend to be cascaded slave DMA controllers. And the only
thing needed from the system DMA controller is to enable the
cascaded mode on a DMA channel by calling the following
function when attaching the driver:
void isa_dmacascade(int channel_number)
All the further activity is done by programming the
device. When detaching the driver no DMA-related functions
need to be called.
For the simpler devices things get more complicated. The
functions used are:
int isa_dma_acquire(int chanel_number)
Reserve a DMA channel. Returns 0 on success or EBUSY
if the channel was already reserved by this or a
different driver. Most of the ISA devices are not able
to share DMA channels anyway, so normally this
function is called when attaching a device. This
reservation was made redundant by the modern interface
of bus resources but still must be used in addition to
the latter. If not used then later, other DMA routines
will panic.
int isa_dma_release(int chanel_number)
Release a previously reserved DMA channel. No
transfers must be in progress when the channel is
released (as well as the device must not try to
initiate transfer after the channel is released).
void isa_dmainit(int chan, u_int
bouncebufsize)
Allocate a bounce buffer for use with the specified
channel. The requested size of the buffer can not exceed
64KB. This bounce buffer will be automatically used
later if a transfer buffer happens to be not
physically contiguous or outside of the memory
accessible by the ISA bus or crossing the 64KB
boundary. If the transfers will be always done from
buffers which conform to these conditions (such as
those allocated by
bus_dmamem_alloc() with proper
limitations) then isa_dmainit()
does not have to be called. But it is quite convenient
to transfer arbitrary data using the DMA controller.
The bounce buffer will automatically care of the
scatter-gather issues.
chan - channel number
bouncebufsize - size of the
bounce buffer in bytes
void isa_dmastart(int flags, caddr_t addr, u_int
nbytes, int chan)
Prepare to start a DMA transfer. This function must be
called to set up the DMA controller before actually
starting transfer on the device. It checks that the
buffer is contiguous and falls into the ISA memory
range, if not then the bounce buffer is automatically
used. If bounce buffer is required but not set up by
isa_dmainit() or too small for
the requested transfer size then the system will
panic. In case of a write request with bounce buffer
the data will be automatically copied to the bounce
buffer.
flags - a bitmask determining the type of operation to
be done. The direction bits B_READ and B_WRITE are mutually
exclusive.
B_READ - read from the ISA bus into memory
B_WRITE - write from the memory to the ISA bus
B_RAW - if set then the DMA controller will remember
the buffer and after the end of transfer will
automatically re-initialize itself to repeat transfer
of the same buffer again (of course, the driver may
change the data in the buffer before initiating
another transfer in the device). If not set then the
parameters will work only for one transfer, and
isa_dmastart() will have to be
called again before initiating the next
transfer. Using B_RAW makes sense only if the bounce
buffer is not used.
addr - virtual address of the buffer
nbytes - length of the buffer. Must be less or equal to
64KB. Length of 0 is not allowed: the DMA controller will
understand it as 64KB while the kernel code will
understand it as 0 and that would cause unpredictable
effects. For channels number 4 and higher the length must
be even because these channels transfer 2 bytes at a
time. In case of an odd length the last byte will not be
transferred.
chan - channel number
void isa_dmadone(int flags, caddr_t addr, int
nbytes, int chan)
Synchronize the memory after device reports that transfer
is done. If that was a read operation with a bounce buffer
then the data will be copied from the bounce buffer to the
original buffer. Arguments are the same as for
isa_dmastart(). Flag B_RAW is
permitted but it does not affect
isa_dmadone() in any way.
int isa_dmastatus(int channel_number)
Returns the number of bytes left in the current transfer
to be transferred. In case the flag B_READ was set in
isa_dmastart() the number returned
will never be equal to zero. At the end of transfer it
will be automatically reset back to the length of
buffer. The normal use is to check the number of bytes
left after the device signals that the transfer is
completed. If the number of bytes is not 0 then probably
something went wrong with that transfer.
int isa_dmastop(int channel_number)
Aborts the current transfer and returns the number of
bytes left untransferred.
xxx_isa_probe
This function probes if a device is present. If the driver
supports auto-detection of some part of device configuration
(such as interrupt vector or memory address) this
auto-detection must be done in this routine.
As for any other bus, if the device cannot be detected or
is detected but failed the self-test or some other problem
happened then it returns a positive value of error. The
value ENXIO must be returned if the device is not
present. Other error values may mean other conditions. Zero
or negative values mean success. Most of the drivers return
zero as success.
The negative return values are used when a PnP device
supports multiple interfaces. For example, an older
compatibility interface and a newer advanced interface which
are supported by different drivers. Then both drivers would
detect the device. The driver which returns a higher value
in the probe routine takes precedence (in other words, the
driver returning 0 has highest precedence, one returning -1
is next, one returning -2 is after it and so on). In result
the devices which support only the old interface will be
handled by the old driver (which should return -1 from the
probe routine) while the devices supporting the new
interface as well will be handled by the new driver (which
should return 0 from the probe routine).
The device descriptor struct xxx_softc is allocated by the
system before calling the probe routine. If the probe
routine returns an error the descriptor will be
automatically deallocated by the system. So if a probing
error occurs the driver must make sure that all the
resources it used during probe are deallocated and that
nothing keeps the descriptor from being safely
deallocated. If the probe completes successfully the
descriptor will be preserved by the system and later passed
to the routine xxx_isa_attach(). If a
driver returns a negative value it can not be sure that it
will have the highest priority and its attach routine will
be called. So in this case it also must release all the
resources before returning and if necessary allocate them
again in the attach routine. When
xxx_isa_probe() returns 0 releasing the
resources before returning is also a good idea, a
well-behaved driver should do so. But in case if there is
some problem with releasing the resources the driver is
allowed to keep resources between returning 0 from the probe
routine and execution of the attach routine.
A typical probe routine starts with getting the device
descriptor and unit:
struct xxx_softc *sc = device_get_softc(dev);
int unit = device_get_unit(dev);
int pnperror;
int error = 0;
sc->dev = dev; /* link it back */
sc->unit = unit;
Then check for the PnP devices. The check is carried out by
a table containing the list of PnP IDs supported by this
driver and human-readable descriptions of the device models
corresponding to these IDs.
pnperror=ISA_PNP_PROBE(device_get_parent(dev), dev,
xxx_pnp_ids); if(pnperror == ENXIO) return ENXIO;
The logic of ISA_PNP_PROBE is the following: If this card
(device unit) was not detected as PnP then ENOENT will be
returned. If it was detected as PnP but its detected ID does
not match any of the IDs in the table then ENXIO is
returned. Finally, if it has PnP support and it matches on
of the IDs in the table, 0 is returned and the appropriate
description from the table is set by
device_set_desc().
If a driver supports only PnP devices then the condition
would look like:
if(pnperror != 0)
return pnperror;
No special treatment is required for the drivers which do not
support PnP because they pass an empty PnP ID table and will
always get ENXIO if called on a PnP card.
The probe routine normally needs at least some minimal set
of resources, such as I/O port number to find the card and
probe it. Depending on the hardware the driver may be able
to discover the other necessary resources automatically. The
PnP devices have all the resources pre-set by the PnP
subsystem, so the driver does not need to discover them by
itself.
Typically the minimal information required to get access to
the device is the I/O port number. Then some devices allow
to get the rest of information from the device configuration
registers (though not all devices do that). So first we try
to get the port start value:
sc->port0 = bus_get_resource_start(dev,
SYS_RES_IOPORT, 0 /*rid*/); if(sc->port0 == 0) return ENXIO;
The base port address is saved in the structure softc for
future use. If it will be used very often then calling the
resource function each time would be prohibitively slow. If
we do not get a port we just return an error. Some device
drivers can instead be clever and try to probe all the
possible ports, like this:
/* table of all possible base I/O port addresses for this device */
static struct xxx_allports {
u_short port; /* port address */
short used; /* flag: if this port is already used by some unit */
} xxx_allports = {
{ 0x300, 0 },
{ 0x320, 0 },
{ 0x340, 0 },
{ 0, 0 } /* end of table */
};
...
int port, i;
...
port = bus_get_resource_start(dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, 0 /*rid*/);
if(port !=0 ) {
for(i=0; xxx_allports[i].port!=0; i++) {
if(xxx_allports[i].used || xxx_allports[i].port != port)
continue;
/* found it */
xxx_allports[i].used = 1;
/* do probe on a known port */
return xxx_really_probe(dev, port);
}
return ENXIO; /* port is unknown or already used */
}
/* we get here only if we need to guess the port */
for(i=0; xxx_allports[i].port!=0; i++) {
if(xxx_allports[i].used)
continue;
/* mark as used - even if we find nothing at this port
* at least we won't probe it in future
*/
xxx_allports[i].used = 1;
error = xxx_really_probe(dev, xxx_allports[i].port);
if(error == 0) /* found a device at that port */
return 0;
}
/* probed all possible addresses, none worked */
return ENXIO;
Of course, normally the driver's
identify() routine should be used for
such things. But there may be one valid reason why it may be
better to be done in probe(): if this
probe would drive some other sensitive device crazy. The
probe routines are ordered with consideration of the
"sensitive" flag: the sensitive devices get probed first and
the rest of devices later. But the
identify() routines are called before
any probes, so they show no respect to the sensitive devices
and may upset them.
Now, after we got the starting port we need to set the port
count (except for PnP devices) because the kernel does not
have this information in the configuration file.
if(pnperror /* only for non-PnP devices */
&& bus_set_resource(dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, 0, sc->port0,
XXX_PORT_COUNT)<0)
return ENXIO;
Finally allocate and activate a piece of port address space
(special values of start and end mean "use those we set by
bus_set_resource()"):
sc->port0_rid = 0;
sc->port0_r = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT,
&sc->port0_rid,
/*start*/ 0, /*end*/ ~0, /*count*/ 0, RF_ACTIVE);
if(sc->port0_r == NULL)
return ENXIO;
Now having access to the port-mapped registers we can poke
the device in some way and check if it reacts like it is
expected to. If it does not then there is probably some
other device or no device at all at this address.
Normally drivers do not set up the interrupt handlers until
the attach routine. Instead they do probes in the polling
mode using the DELAY() function for
timeout. The probe routine must never hang forever, all the
waits for the device must be done with timeouts. If the
device does not respond within the time it is probably broken
or misconfigured and the driver must return error. When
determining the timeout interval give the device some extra
time to be on the safe side: although
DELAY() is supposed to delay for the
same amount of time on any machine it has some margin of
error, depending on the exact CPU.
If the probe routine really wants to check that the
interrupts really work it may configure and probe the
interrupts too. But that is not recommended.
/* implemented in some very device-specific way */
if(error = xxx_probe_ports(sc))
goto bad; /* will deallocate the resources before returning */
The function xxx_probe_ports() may also
set the device description depending on the exact model of
device it discovers. But if there is only one supported
device model this can be as well done in a hardcoded way.
Of course, for the PnP devices the PnP support sets the
description from the table automatically.
if(pnperror)
device_set_desc(dev, "Our device model 1234");
Then the probe routine should either discover the ranges of
all the resources by reading the device configuration
registers or make sure that they were set explicitly by the
user. We will consider it with an example of on-board
memory. The probe routine should be as non-intrusive as
possible, so allocation and check of functionality of the
rest of resources (besides the ports) would be better left
to the attach routine.
The memory address may be specified in the kernel
configuration file or on some devices it may be
pre-configured in non-volatile configuration registers. If
both sources are available and different, which one should
be used? Probably if the user bothered to set the address
explicitly in the kernel configuration file they know what
they are doing and this one should take precedence. An
example of implementation could be:
/* try to find out the config address first */
sc->mem0_p = bus_get_resource_start(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, 0 /*rid*/);
if(sc->mem0_p == 0) { /* nope, not specified by user */
sc->mem0_p = xxx_read_mem0_from_device_config(sc);
if(sc->mem0_p == 0)
/* can't get it from device config registers either */
goto bad;
} else {
if(xxx_set_mem0_address_on_device(sc) < 0)
goto bad; /* device does not support that address */
}
/* just like the port, set the memory size,
* for some devices the memory size would not be constant
* but should be read from the device configuration registers instead
* to accommodate different models of devices. Another option would
* be to let the user set the memory size as "msize" configuration
* resource which will be automatically handled by the ISA bus.
*/
if(pnperror) { /* only for non-PnP devices */
sc->mem0_size = bus_get_resource_count(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, 0 /*rid*/);
if(sc->mem0_size == 0) /* not specified by user */
sc->mem0_size = xxx_read_mem0_size_from_device_config(sc);
if(sc->mem0_size == 0) {
/* suppose this is a very old model of device without
* auto-configuration features and the user gave no preference,
* so assume the minimalistic case
* (of course, the real value will vary with the driver)
*/
sc->mem0_size = 8*1024;
}
if(xxx_set_mem0_size_on_device(sc) < 0)
goto bad; /* device does not support that size */
if(bus_set_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, /*rid*/0,
sc->mem0_p, sc->mem0_size)<0)
goto bad;
} else {
sc->mem0_size = bus_get_resource_count(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, 0 /*rid*/);
}
Resources for IRQ and DRQ are easy to check by analogy.
If all went well then release all the resources and return success.
xxx_free_resources(sc);
return 0;
Finally, handle the troublesome situations. All the
resources should be deallocated before returning. We make
use of the fact that before the structure softc is passed to
us it gets zeroed out, so we can find out if some resource
was allocated: then its descriptor is non-zero.
bad:
xxx_free_resources(sc);
if(error)
return error;
else /* exact error is unknown */
return ENXIO;
That would be all for the probe routine. Freeing of
resources is done from multiple places, so it is moved to a
function which may look like:
static void
xxx_free_resources(sc)
struct xxx_softc *sc;
{
/* check every resource and free if not zero */
/* interrupt handler */
if(sc->intr_r) {
bus_teardown_intr(sc->dev, sc->intr_r, sc->intr_cookie);
bus_release_resource(sc->dev, SYS_RES_IRQ, sc->intr_rid,
sc->intr_r);
sc->intr_r = 0;
}
/* all kinds of memory maps we could have allocated */
if(sc->data_p) {
bus_dmamap_unload(sc->data_tag, sc->data_map);
sc->data_p = 0;
}
if(sc->data) { /* sc->data_map may be legitimately equal to 0 */
/* the map will also be freed */
bus_dmamem_free(sc->data_tag, sc->data, sc->data_map);
sc->data = 0;
}
if(sc->data_tag) {
bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc->data_tag);
sc->data_tag = 0;
}
... free other maps and tags if we have them ...
if(sc->parent_tag) {
bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc->parent_tag);
sc->parent_tag = 0;
}
/* release all the bus resources */
if(sc->mem0_r) {
bus_release_resource(sc->dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, sc->mem0_rid,
sc->mem0_r);
sc->mem0_r = 0;
}
...
if(sc->port0_r) {
bus_release_resource(sc->dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, sc->port0_rid,
sc->port0_r);
sc->port0_r = 0;
}
}xxx_isa_attachThe attach routine actually connects the driver to the
system if the probe routine returned success and the system
had chosen to attach that driver. If the probe routine
returned 0 then the attach routine may expect to receive the
device structure softc intact, as it was set by the probe
routine. Also if the probe routine returns 0 it may expect
that the attach routine for this device shall be called at
some point in the future. If the probe routine returns a
negative value then the driver may make none of these
assumptions.
The attach routine returns 0 if it completed successfully or
error code otherwise.
The attach routine starts just like the probe routine,
with getting some frequently used data into more accessible
variables.
struct xxx_softc *sc = device_get_softc(dev);
int unit = device_get_unit(dev);
int error = 0;Then allocate and activate all the necessary
resources. Because normally the port range will be released
before returning from probe, it has to be allocated
again. We expect that the probe routine had properly set all
the resource ranges, as well as saved them in the structure
softc. If the probe routine had left some resource allocated
then it does not need to be allocated again (which would be
considered an error).
sc->port0_rid = 0;
sc->port0_r = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, &sc->port0_rid,
/*start*/ 0, /*end*/ ~0, /*count*/ 0, RF_ACTIVE);
if(sc->port0_r == NULL)
return ENXIO;
/* on-board memory */
sc->mem0_rid = 0;
sc->mem0_r = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, &sc->mem0_rid,
/*start*/ 0, /*end*/ ~0, /*count*/ 0, RF_ACTIVE);
if(sc->mem0_r == NULL)
goto bad;
/* get its virtual address */
sc->mem0_v = rman_get_virtual(sc->mem0_r);The DMA request channel (DRQ) is allocated likewise. To
initialize it use functions of the
isa_dma*() family. For example:
isa_dmacascade(sc->drq0);The interrupt request line (IRQ) is a bit
special. Besides allocation the driver's interrupt handler
should be associated with it. Historically in the old ISA
drivers the argument passed by the system to the interrupt
handler was the device unit number. But in modern drivers
the convention suggests passing the pointer to structure
softc. The important reason is that when the structures
softc are allocated dynamically then getting the unit number
from softc is easy while getting softc from unit number is
difficult. Also this convention makes the drivers for
different buses look more uniform and allows them to share
the code: each bus gets its own probe, attach, detach and
other bus-specific routines while the bulk of the driver
code may be shared among them.
sc->intr_rid = 0;
sc->intr_r = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, &sc->intr_rid,
/*start*/ 0, /*end*/ ~0, /*count*/ 0, RF_ACTIVE);
if(sc->intr_r == NULL)
goto bad;
/*
* XXX_INTR_TYPE is supposed to be defined depending on the type of
* the driver, for example as INTR_TYPE_CAM for a CAM driver
*/
error = bus_setup_intr(dev, sc->intr_r, XXX_INTR_TYPE,
(driver_intr_t *) xxx_intr, (void *) sc, &sc->intr_cookie);
if(error)
goto bad;
If the device needs to make DMA to the main memory then
this memory should be allocated like described before:
error=bus_dma_tag_create(NULL, /*alignment*/ 4,
/*boundary*/ 0, /*lowaddr*/ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR_24BIT,
/*highaddr*/ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /*filter*/ NULL, /*filterarg*/ NULL,
/*maxsize*/ BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_24BIT,
/*nsegments*/ BUS_SPACE_UNRESTRICTED,
/*maxsegsz*/ BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_24BIT, /*flags*/ 0,
&sc->parent_tag);
if(error)
goto bad;
/* many things get inherited from the parent tag
* sc->data is supposed to point to the structure with the shared data,
* for example for a ring buffer it could be:
* struct {
* u_short rd_pos;
* u_short wr_pos;
* char bf[XXX_RING_BUFFER_SIZE]
* } *data;
*/
error=bus_dma_tag_create(sc->parent_tag, 1,
0, BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, 0, /*filter*/ NULL, /*filterarg*/ NULL,
/*maxsize*/ sizeof(* sc->data), /*nsegments*/ 1,
/*maxsegsz*/ sizeof(* sc->data), /*flags*/ 0,
&sc->data_tag);
if(error)
goto bad;
error = bus_dmamem_alloc(sc->data_tag, &sc->data, /* flags*/ 0,
&sc->data_map);
if(error)
goto bad;
/* xxx_alloc_callback() just saves the physical address at
* the pointer passed as its argument, in this case &sc->data_p.
* See details in the section on bus memory mapping.
* It can be implemented like:
*
* static void
* xxx_alloc_callback(void *arg, bus_dma_segment_t *seg,
* int nseg, int error)
* {
* *(bus_addr_t *)arg = seg[0].ds_addr;
* }
*/
bus_dmamap_load(sc->data_tag, sc->data_map, (void *)sc->data,
sizeof (* sc->data), xxx_alloc_callback, (void *) &sc->data_p,
/*flags*/0);After all the necessary resources are allocated the
device should be initialized. The initialization may include
testing that all the expected features are functional. if(xxx_initialize(sc) < 0)
goto bad; The bus subsystem will automatically print on the
console the device description set by probe. But if the
driver wants to print some extra information about the
device it may do so, for example:
device_printf(dev, "has on-card FIFO buffer of %d bytes\n", sc->fifosize);
If the initialization routine experiences any problems
then printing messages about them before returning error is
also recommended.The final step of the attach routine is attaching the
device to its functional subsystem in the kernel. The exact
way to do it depends on the type of the driver: a character
device, a block device, a network device, a CAM SCSI bus
device and so on.If all went well then return success. error = xxx_attach_subsystem(sc);
if(error)
goto bad;
return 0; Finally, handle the troublesome situations. All the
resources should be deallocated before returning an
error. We make use of the fact that before the structure
softc is passed to us it gets zeroed out, so we can find out
if some resource was allocated: then its descriptor is
non-zero. bad:
xxx_free_resources(sc);
if(error)
return error;
else /* exact error is unknown */
return ENXIO;That would be all for the attach routine.xxx_isa_detach
If this function is present in the driver and the driver is
compiled as a loadable module then the driver gets the
ability to be unloaded. This is an important feature if the
hardware supports hot plug. But the ISA bus does not support
hot plug, so this feature is not particularly important for
the ISA devices. The ability to unload a driver may be
useful when debugging it, but in many cases installation of
the new version of the driver would be required only after
the old version somehow wedges the system and reboot will be
needed anyway, so the efforts spent on writing the detach
routine may not be worth it. Another argument is that
unloading would allow upgrading the drivers on a production
machine seems to be mostly theoretical. Installing a new
version of a driver is a dangerous operation which should
never be performed on a production machine (and which is not
permitted when the system is running in secure mode). Still
the detach routine may be provided for the sake of
completeness.
The detach routine returns 0 if the driver was successfully
detached or the error code otherwise.
The logic of detach is a mirror of the attach. The first
thing to do is to detach the driver from its kernel
subsystem. If the device is currently open then the driver
has two choices: refuse to be detached or forcibly close and
proceed with detach. The choice used depends on the ability
of the particular kernel subsystem to do a forced close and
on the preferences of the driver's author. Generally the
forced close seems to be the preferred alternative.
struct xxx_softc *sc = device_get_softc(dev);
int error;
error = xxx_detach_subsystem(sc);
if(error)
return error;
Next the driver may want to reset the hardware to some
consistent state. That includes stopping any ongoing
transfers, disabling the DMA channels and interrupts to
avoid memory corruption by the device. For most of the
drivers this is exactly what the shutdown routine does, so
if it is included in the driver we can as well just call it.
xxx_isa_shutdown(dev);
And finally release all the resources and return success.
xxx_free_resources(sc);
return 0;xxx_isa_shutdown
This routine is called when the system is about to be shut
down. It is expected to bring the hardware to some
consistent state. For most of the ISA devices no special
action is required, so the function is not really necessary
because the device will be re-initialized on reboot
anyway. But some devices have to be shut down with a special
procedure, to make sure that they will be properly detected
after soft reboot (this is especially true for many devices
with proprietary identification protocols). In any case
disabling DMA and interrupts in the device registers and
stopping any ongoing transfers is a good idea. The exact
action depends on the hardware, so we do not consider it here
in any details.
xxx_intr
The interrupt handler is called when an interrupt is
received which may be from this particular device. The ISA
bus does not support interrupt sharing (except some special
cases) so in practice if the interrupt handler is called
then the interrupt almost for sure came from its
device. Still the interrupt handler must poll the device
registers and make sure that the interrupt was generated by
its device. If not it should just return.
The old convention for the ISA drivers was getting the
device unit number as an argument. It is obsolete, and the
new drivers receive whatever argument was specified for them
in the attach routine when calling
bus_setup_intr(). By the new convention
it should be the pointer to the structure softc. So the
interrupt handler commonly starts as:
static void
xxx_intr(struct xxx_softc *sc)
{
It runs at the interrupt priority level specified by the
interrupt type parameter of
bus_setup_intr(). That means that all
the other interrupts of the same type as well as all the
software interrupts are disabled.
To avoid races it is commonly written as a loop:
while(xxx_interrupt_pending(sc)) {
xxx_process_interrupt(sc);
xxx_acknowledge_interrupt(sc);
}
The interrupt handler has to acknowledge interrupt to the
device only but not to the interrupt controller, the system
takes care of the latter.
diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml
index df99e3e2a4..47f6523a78 100644
--- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml
+++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml
@@ -1,611 +1,611 @@
Evan Sarmientoevms@cs.bu.edu2001Evan SarmientoThe Jail SubsystemOn most UNIX systems, root has omnipotent power. This promotes
insecurity. If an attacker were to gain root on a system, he would
have every function at his fingertips. In FreeBSD there are
sysctls which dilute the power of root, in order to minimize the
damage caused by an attacker. Specifically, one of these functions
is called secure levels. Similarly, another function which is
present from FreeBSD 4.0 and onward, is a utility called
&man.jail.8;. Jail chroots an
environment and sets certain restrictions on processes which are
forked from within. For example, a jailed process cannot affect
processes outside of the jail, utilize certain system calls, or
inflict any damage on the main computer.Jail is becoming the new security
model. People are running potentially vulnerable servers such as
Apache, BIND, and sendmail within jails, so that if an attacker
gains root within the Jail, it is only
an annoyance, and not a devastation. This article focuses on the
internals (source code) of Jail and
Jail NG. It will also suggest
improvements upon the jail code base which are already being
worked on. If you are looking for a how-to on setting up a
Jail, I suggest you look at my other
article in Sys Admin Magazine, May 2001, entitled "Securing
FreeBSD using Jail."ArchitectureJail consists of two realms: the
user-space program, jail, and the code implemented within the
kernel: the jail() system call and associated
restrictions. I will be discussing the user-space program and
then how jail is implemented within the kernel.Userland codeThe source for the user-land jail is located in
- /usr/src/usr.sbin/jail , consisting of
+ /usr/src/usr.sbin/jail, consisting of
one file, jail.c. The program takes these
arguments: the path of the jail, hostname, ip address, and the
command to be executed.Data StructuresIn jail.c, the first thing I would
note is the declaration of an important structure
struct jail j; which was included from
/usr/include/sys/jail.h .
The definition of the jail structure is:/usr/include/sys/jail.h:
struct jail {
u_int32_t version;
char *path;
char *hostname;
u_int32_t ip_number;
};As you can see, there is an entry for each of the
arguments passed to the jail program, and indeed, they are
set during it's execution./usr/src/usr.sbin/jail.c
j.version = 0;
j.path = argv[1];
j.hostname = argv[2];NetworkingOne of the arguments passed to the Jail program is an IP
address with which the jail can be accessed over the
network. Jail translates the ip address given into network
byte order and then stores it in j (the jail structure)./usr/src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.c:
struct in.addr in;
...
i = inet.aton(argv[3], );
...
j.ip.number = ntohl(in.s.addr);The
inet_aton3
function "interprets the specified character string as an
Internet address, placing the address into the structure
provided." The ip number node in the jail structure is set
only when the ip address placed onto the in structure by
inet aton is translated into network byte order by
ntohl().Jailing The ProcessFinally, the userland program jails the process, and
executes the command specified. Jail now becomes an
imprisoned process itself and forks a child process which
then executes the command given using &man.execv.3;
/usr/src/sys/usr.sbin/jail/jail.c
i = jail();
...
i = execv(argv[4], argv + 4);As you can see, the jail function is being called, and
its argument is the jail structure which has been filled
with the arguments given to the program. Finally, the
program you specify is executed. I will now discuss how Jail
is implemented within the kernel.Kernel SpaceWe will now be looking at the file
/usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c. This is
the file where the jail system call, appropriate sysctls, and
networking functions are defined.sysctlsIn kern_jail.c, the following
sysctls are defined:/usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c:
int jail_set_hostname_allowed = 1;
SYSCTL_INT(_jail, OID_AUTO, set_hostname_allowed, CTLFLAG_RW,
_set_hostname_allowed, 0,
"Processes in jail can set their hostnames");
int jail_socket_unixiproute_only = 1;
SYSCTL_INT(_jail, OID_AUTO, socket_unixiproute_only, CTLFLAG_RW,
_socket_unixiproute_only, 0,
"Processes in jail are limited to creating UNIX/IPv4/route sockets only
");
int jail_sysvipc_allowed = 0;
SYSCTL_INT(_jail, OID_AUTO, sysvipc_allowed, CTLFLAG_RW,
_sysvipc_allowed, 0,
"Processes in jail can use System V IPC primitives");Each of these sysctls can be accessed by the user
through the sysctl program. Throughout the kernel, these
specific sysctls are recognized by their name. For example,
the name of the first sysctl is
jail.set.hostname.allowed.&man.jail.2; system callLike all system calls, the &man.jail.2; system call takes
two arguments, struct proc *p and
struct jail_args
*uap. p is a pointer to a proc
structure which describes the calling process. In this
context, uap is a pointer to a structure which specifies the
arguments given to &man.jail.2; from the userland program
jail.c. When I described the userland
program before, you saw that the &man.jail.2; system call was
given a jail structure as its own argument./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c:
int
jail(p, uap)
struct proc *p;
struct jail_args /* {
syscallarg(struct jail *) jail;
} */ *uap;Therefore, uap->jail would access the
jail structure which was passed to the system call. Next,
the system call copies the jail structure into kernel space
using the copyin()
function. copyin() takes three arguments:
the data which is to be copied into kernel space,
uap->jail, where to store it,
j and the size of the storage. The jail
structure uap->jail is copied into kernel
space and stored in another jail structure,
j./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c:
error = copyin(uap->jail, , sizeof j);There is another important structure defined in
jail.h. It is the prison structure
(pr). The prison structure is used
exclusively within kernel space. The &man.jail.2; system call
copies everything from the jail structure onto the prison
structure. Here is the definition of the prison structure./usr/include/sys/jail.h:
struct prison {
int pr_ref;
char pr_host[MAXHOSTNAMELEN];
u_int32_t pr_ip;
void *pr_linux;
};The jail() system call then allocates memory for a
pointer to a prison structure and copies data between the two
structures./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c:
MALLOC(pr, struct prison *, sizeof *pr , M_PRISON, M_WAITOK);
bzero((caddr_t)pr, sizeof *pr);
error = copyinstr(j.hostname, pr_host]]>, sizeof pr->pr_host, 0);
if (error)
goto bail;Finally, the jail system call chroots the path
specified. The chroot function is given two arguments. The
first is p, which represents the calling process, the second
is a pointer to the structure chroot args. The structure
chroot args contains the path which is to be chrooted. As
you can see, the path specified in the jail structure is
copied to the chroot args structure and used./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c:
ca.path = j.path;
error = chroot(p, );These next three lines in the source are very important,
as they specify how the kernel recognizes a process as
jailed. Each process on a Unix system is described by its
own proc structure. You can see the whole proc structure in
/usr/include/sys/proc.h. For example,
the p argument in any system call is actually a pointer to
that process' proc structure, as stated before. The proc
structure contains nodes which can describe the owner's
identity (p_cred), the process resource
limits (p_limit), and so on. In the
definition of the process structure, there is a pointer to a
prison structure. (p_prison)./usr/include/sys/proc.h:
struct proc {
...
struct prison *p_prison;
...
};In kern_jail.c, the function then
copies the pr structure, which is filled with all the
information from the original jail structure, over to the
p->p_prison structure. It then does a
bitwise OR of p->p_flag with the constant
P_JAILED, meaning that the calling
process is now recognized as jailed. The parent process of
each process, forked within the jail, is the program jail
itself, as it calls the &man.jail.2; system call. When the
program is executed through execve, it inherits the
properties of its parents proc structure, therefore it has
the p->p_flag set, and the
p->p_prison structure is filled./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c
p->p.prison = pr;
p->p.flag --= P.JAILED;When a process is forked from a parent process, the
&man.fork.2; system call deals differently with imprisoned
processes. In the fork system call, there are two pointers
to a proc structure p1
and p2. p1 points to
the parent's proc structure and p2 points
to the child's unfilled proc
structure. After copying all relevant data between the
structures, &man.fork.2; checks if the structure
p->p_prison is filled on
p2. If it is, it increments the
pr.ref by one, and sets the
p_flag to one on the child process./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_fork.c:
if (p2->p_prison) {
p2->p_prison->pr_ref++;
p2->p_flag |= P_JAILED;
}RestrictionsThroughout the kernel there are access restrictions relating
to jailed processes. Usually, these restrictions only check if
the process is jailed, and if so, returns an error. For
example:if (p->p_prison)
return EPERM;SysV IPCSystem V IPC is based on messages. Processes can send each
other these messages which tell them how to act. The functions
which deal with messages are: msgsys,
msgctl, msgget,
msgsend and msgrcv.
Earlier, I mentioned that there were certain sysctls you could
turn on or off in order to affect the behavior of Jail. One of
these sysctls was jail_sysvipc_allowed. On
most systems, this sysctl is set to 0. If it were set to 1, it
would defeat the whole purpose of having a jail; privleged
users from within the jail would be able to affect processes
outside of the environment. The difference between a message
and a signal is that the message only consists of the signal
number./usr/src/sys/kern/sysv_msg.c:&man.msgget.3;: msgget returns (and possibly
creates) a message descriptor that designates a message queue
for use in other system calls.&man.msgctl.3;: Using this function, a process
can query the status of a message
descriptor.&man.msgsnd.3;: msgsnd sends a message to a
process.&man.msgrcv.3;: a process receives messages using
this functionIn each of these system calls, there is this
conditional:/usr/src/sys/kern/sysv msg.c:
if (!jail.sysvipc.allowed && p->p_prison != NULL)
return (ENOSYS);Semaphore system calls allow processes to synchronize
execution by doing a set of operations atomically on a set of
semaphores. Basically semaphores provide another way for
processes lock resources. However, process waiting on a
semaphore, that is being used, will sleep until the resources
are relinquished. The following semaphore system calls are
blocked inside a jail: semsys,
semget, semctl and
semop./usr/src/sys/kern/sysv_sem.c:&man.semctl.2;(id, num, cmd, arg):
Semctl does the specified cmd on the semaphore queue
indicated by id.&man.semget.2;(key, nsems, flag):
Semget creates an array of semaphores, corresponding to
key.Key and flag take on the same meaning as they
do in msgget.&man.semop.2;(id, ops, num):
Semop does the set of semaphore operations in the array of
structures ops, to the set of semaphores identified by
id.System V IPC allows for processes to share
memory. Processes can communicate directly with each other by
sharing parts of their virtual address space and then reading
and writing data stored in the shared memory. These system
calls are blocked within a jailed environment: shmdt,
shmat, oshmctl, shmctl, shmget, and
shmsys./usr/src/sys/kern/sysv shm.c:&man.shmctl.2;(id, cmd, buf):
shmctl does various control operations on the shared memory
region identified by id.&man.shmget.2;(key, size,
flag): shmget accesses or creates a shared memory
region of size bytes.&man.shmat.2;(id, addr, flag):
shmat attaches a shared memory region identified by id to the
address space of a process.&man.shmdt.2;(addr): shmdt
detaches the shared memory region previously attached at
addr.SocketsJail treats the &man.socket.2; system call and related
lower-level socket functions in a special manner. In order to
determine whether a certain socket is allowed to be created,
it first checks to see if the sysctl
jail.socket.unixiproute.only is set. If
set, sockets are only allowed to be created if the family
specified is either PF_LOCAL,
PF_INET or
PF_ROUTE. Otherwise, it returns an
error./usr/src/sys/kern/uipc_socket.c:
int socreate(dom, aso, type, proto, p)
...
register struct protosw *prp;
...
{
if (p->p_prison && jail_socket_unixiproute_only &&
prp->pr_domain->dom_family != PR_LOCAL && prp->pr_domain->dom_family != PF_INET
&& prp->pr_domain->dom_family != PF_ROUTE)
return (EPROTONOSUPPORT);
...
}Berkeley Packet FilterThe Berkeley Packet Filter provides a raw interface to
data link layers in a protocol independent fashion. The
function bpfopen() opens an Ethernet
device. There is a conditional which disallows any jailed
processes from accessing this function./usr/src/sys/net/bpf.c:
static int bpfopen(dev, flags, fmt, p)
...
{
if (p->p_prison)
return (EPERM);
...
}ProtocolsThere are certain protocols which are very common, such as
TCP, UDP, IP and ICMP. IP and ICMP are on the same level: the
network layer 2 . There are certain precautions which are
taken in order to prevent a jailed process from binding a
protocol to a certain port only if the nam
parameter is set. nam is a pointer to a sockaddr structure,
which describes the address on which to bind the service. A
more exact definition is that sockaddr "may be used as a
template for reffering to the identifying tag and length of
each address"[2] . In the function in
pcbbind, sin is a
pointer to a sockaddr.in structure, which contains the port,
address, length and domain family of the socket which is to be
bound. Basically, this disallows any processes from jail to be
able to specify the domain family./usr/src/sys/kern/netinet/in_pcb.c:
int in.pcbbind(int, nam, p)
...
struct sockaddr *nam;
struct proc *p;
{
...
struct sockaddr.in *sin;
...
if (nam) {
sin = (struct sockaddr.in *)nam;
...
if (sin->sin_addr.s_addr != INADDR_ANY)
if (prison.ip(p, 0, ->sin.addr.s_addr))
return (EINVAL);
....
}
...
}You might be wondering what function
prison_ip() does. prison.ip is given three
arguments, the current process (represented by
p), any flags, and an ip address. It
returns 1 if the ip address belongs to a jail or 0 if it does
not. As you can see from the code, if it is indeed an ip
address belonging to a jail, the protcol is not allowed to
bind to a certain port./usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c:
int prison_ip(struct proc *p, int flag, u_int32_t *ip) {
u_int32_t tmp;
if (!p->p_prison)
return (0);
if (flag)
tmp = *ip;
else tmp = ntohl (*ip);
if (tmp == INADDR_ANY) {
if (flag)
*ip = p->p_prison->pr_ip;
else *ip = htonl(p->p_prison->pr_ip);
return (0);
}
if (p->p_prison->pr_ip != tmp)
return (1);
return (0);
}Jailed users are not allowed to bind services to an ip
which does not belong to the jail. The restriction is also
written within the function in_pcbbind:/usr/src/sys/net inet/in_pcb.c
if (nam) {
...
lport = sin->sin.port;
... if (lport) {
...
if (p && p->p_prison)
prison = 1;
if (prison &&
prison_ip(p, 0, ->sin_addr.s_addr))
return (EADDRNOTAVAIL);FilesystemEven root users within the jail are not allowed to set any
file flags, such as immutable, append, and no unlink flags, if
the securelevel is greater than 0./usr/src/sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_vnops.c:
int ufs.setattr(ap)
...
{
if ((cred->cr.uid == 0) && (p->prison == NULL)) {
if ((ip->i_flags
& (SF_NOUNLINK | SF_IMMUTABLE | SF_APPEND)) &&
securelevel > 0)
return (EPERM);
}Jail NGJail NG is a "from-scratch re-implementation of Jail" by
Robert Watson, a FreeBSD committer. Some of the new features
include the ability to add processes to a jail, an improved
management tool, and per-jail sysctls. For example, you could
have sysvipc_permitted set on one jail while
another jail may be allowed to use System V IPC. You can
download the kernel patches and utilities for Jail NG from his
website at:
.
diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/kerneldebug/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/kerneldebug/chapter.sgml
index 5268f992d4..dc4f4e0ce8 100644
--- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/kerneldebug/chapter.sgml
+++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/kerneldebug/chapter.sgml
@@ -1,651 +1,651 @@
Kernel DebuggingContributed by &a.paul; and &a.joerg;Debugging a Kernel Crash Dump with gdbHere are some instructions for getting kernel debugging
working on a crash dump. They assume that you have enough swap
space for a crash dump. If you have multiple swap partitions
and the first one is too small to hold the dump, you can
configure your kernel to use an alternate dump device (in the
config kernel line), or you can specify an
alternate using the &man.dumpon.8; command. The best way to use
&man.dumpon.8; is to set the dumpdev variable
in /etc/rc.conf. Typically you want to
specify one of the swap devices specified in
/etc/fstab. Dumps to non-swap devices,
tapes for example, are currently not supported. Config your
kernel using config . See
The FreeBSD
Handbook for details on configuring the FreeBSD
kernel.Use the &man.dumpon.8; command to tell the kernel where to dump to
(note that this will have to be done after configuring the partition in
question as swap space via &man.swapon.8;). This is normally arranged
via /etc/rc.conf and /etc/rc.
Alternatively, you can hard-code the dump device via the
dump clause in the config line of
your kernel config file. This is deprecated and should be used only if
you want a crash dump from a kernel that crashes during booting.In the following, the term gdb refers to
the debugger gdb run in kernel debug
mode. This can be accomplished by starting the
gdb with the option . In
kernel debug mode, gdb changes its prompt to
(kgdb).If you are using FreeBSD 3 or earlier, you should make a stripped
copy of the debug kernel, rather than installing the large debug
kernel itself:&prompt.root; cp kernel kernel.debug
&prompt.root; strip -g kernelThis stage is not necessary, but it is recommended. (In
FreeBSD 4 and later releases this step is performed automatically
at the end of the kernel make process.)
When the kernel has been stripped, either automatically or by
using the commands above, you may install it as usual by typing
make install.Note that older releases of FreeBSD (up to but not including
3.1) used a.out kernels by default, which must have their symbol
tables permanently resident in physical memory. With the larger
symbol table in an unstripped debug kernel, this is wasteful.
Recent FreeBSD releases use ELF kernels where this is no longer a
problem.If you are testing a new kernel, for example by typing the new
kernel's name at the boot prompt, but need to boot a different one in
order to get your system up and running again, boot it only into single
user state using the flag at the boot prompt, and
then perform the following steps:&prompt.root; fsck -p
&prompt.root; mount -a -t ufs # so your file system for /var/crash is writable
&prompt.root; savecore -N /kernel.panicked /var/crash
&prompt.root; exit # ...to multi-userThis instructs &man.savecore.8; to use another kernel for symbol
name extraction. It would otherwise default to the currently running
kernel and most likely not do anything at all since the crash dump and
the kernel symbols differ.Now, after a crash dump, go to
/sys/compile/WHATEVER and run
gdb . From gdb do:
symbol-file kernel.debugexec-file /var/crash/kernel.0core-file /var/crash/vmcore.0
and voila, you can debug the crash dump using the kernel sources just
like you can for any other program.Here is a script log of a gdb session
illustrating the procedure. Long lines have been folded to improve
readability, and the lines are numbered for reference. Despite this, it
is a real-world error trace taken during the development of the pcvt
console driver. 1:Script started on Fri Dec 30 23:15:22 1994
2:&prompt.root; cd /sys/compile/URIAH
3:&prompt.root; gdb -k kernel /var/crash/vmcore.1
4:Reading symbol data from /usr/src/sys/compile/URIAH/kernel
...done.
5:IdlePTD 1f3000
6:panic: because you said to!
7:current pcb at 1e3f70
8:Reading in symbols for ../../i386/i386/machdep.c...done.
9:(kgdb)where
10:#0 boot (arghowto=256) (../../i386/i386/machdep.c line 767)
11:#1 0xf0115159 in panic ()
12:#2 0xf01955bd in diediedie () (../../i386/i386/machdep.c line 698)
13:#3 0xf010185e in db_fncall ()
14:#4 0xf0101586 in db_command (-266509132, -266509516, -267381073)
15:#5 0xf0101711 in db_command_loop ()
16:#6 0xf01040a0 in db_trap ()
17:#7 0xf0192976 in kdb_trap (12, 0, -272630436, -266743723)
18:#8 0xf019d2eb in trap_fatal (...)
19:#9 0xf019ce60 in trap_pfault (...)
20:#10 0xf019cb2f in trap (...)
21:#11 0xf01932a1 in exception:calltrap ()
22:#12 0xf0191503 in cnopen (...)
23:#13 0xf0132c34 in spec_open ()
24:#14 0xf012d014 in vn_open ()
25:#15 0xf012a183 in open ()
26:#16 0xf019d4eb in syscall (...)
27:(kgdb)up 10
28:Reading in symbols for ../../i386/i386/trap.c...done.
29:#10 0xf019cb2f in trap (frame={tf_es = -260440048, tf_ds = 16, tf_\
30:edi = 3072, tf_esi = -266445372, tf_ebp = -272630356, tf_isp = -27\
31:2630396, tf_ebx = -266427884, tf_edx = 12, tf_ecx = -266427884, tf\
32:_eax = 64772224, tf_trapno = 12, tf_err = -272695296, tf_eip = -26\
33:6672343, tf_cs = -266469368, tf_eflags = 66066, tf_esp = 3072, tf_\
34:ss = -266427884}) (../../i386/i386/trap.c line 283)
35:283 (void) trap_pfault(&frame, FALSE);
36:(kgdb)frame frame->tf_ebp frame->tf_eip
37:Reading in symbols for ../../i386/isa/pcvt/pcvt_drv.c...done.
38:#0 0xf01ae729 in pcopen (dev=3072, flag=3, mode=8192, p=(struct p\
39:roc *) 0xf07c0c00) (../../i386/isa/pcvt/pcvt_drv.c line 403)
40:403 return ((*linesw[tp->t_line].l_open)(dev, tp));
41:(kgdb)list
42:398
43:399 tp->t_state |= TS_CARR_ON;
44:400 tp->t_cflag |= CLOCAL; /* cannot be a modem (:-) */
45:401
46:402 #if PCVT_NETBSD || (PCVT_FREEBSD >= 200)
47:403 return ((*linesw[tp->t_line].l_open)(dev, tp));
48:404 #else
49:405 return ((*linesw[tp->t_line].l_open)(dev, tp, flag));
50:406 #endif /* PCVT_NETBSD || (PCVT_FREEBSD >= 200) */
51:407 }
52:(kgdb)print tp
53:Reading in symbols for ../../i386/i386/cons.c...done.
54:$1 = (struct tty *) 0x1bae
55:(kgdb)print tp->t_line
56:$2 = 1767990816
57:(kgdb)up
58:#1 0xf0191503 in cnopen (dev=0x00000000, flag=3, mode=8192, p=(st\
59:ruct proc *) 0xf07c0c00) (../../i386/i386/cons.c line 126)
60: return ((*cdevsw[major(dev)].d_open)(dev, flag, mode, p));
61:(kgdb)up
62:#2 0xf0132c34 in spec_open ()
63:(kgdb)up
64:#3 0xf012d014 in vn_open ()
65:(kgdb)up
66:#4 0xf012a183 in open ()
67:(kgdb)up
68:#5 0xf019d4eb in syscall (frame={tf_es = 39, tf_ds = 39, tf_edi =\
69: 2158592, tf_esi = 0, tf_ebp = -272638436, tf_isp = -272629788, tf\
70:_ebx = 7086, tf_edx = 1, tf_ecx = 0, tf_eax = 5, tf_trapno = 582, \
71:tf_err = 582, tf_eip = 75749, tf_cs = 31, tf_eflags = 582, tf_esp \
72:= -272638456, tf_ss = 39}) (../../i386/i386/trap.c line 673)
73:673 error = (*callp->sy_call)(p, args, rval);
74:(kgdb)up
75:Initial frame selected; you cannot go up.
76:(kgdb)quit
77:&prompt.root; exit
78:exit
79:
80:Script done on Fri Dec 30 23:18:04 1994Comments to the above script:line 6:This is a dump taken from within DDB (see below), hence the
panic comment because you said to!, and a rather
long stack trace; the initial reason for going into DDB has been a
page fault trap though.line 20:This is the location of function trap()
in the stack trace.line 36:Force usage of a new stack frame; this is no longer necessary
now. The stack frames are supposed to point to the right
locations now, even in case of a trap.
From looking at the code in source line 403, there is a
high probability that either the pointer access for
tp was messed up, or the array access was out of
bounds.line 52:The pointer looks suspicious, but happens to be a valid
address.line 56:However, it obviously points to garbage, so we have found our
error! (For those unfamiliar with that particular piece of code:
tp->t_line refers to the line discipline of
the console device here, which must be a rather small integer
number.)Debugging a Crash Dump with DDDExamining a kernel crash dump with a graphical debugger like
ddd is also possible. Add the
option to the ddd command line you would use
normally. For example;&prompt.root; ddd -k /var/crash/kernel.0 /var/crash/vmcore.0You should then be able to go about looking at the crash dump using
ddd's graphical interface.Post-Mortem Analysis of a DumpWhat do you do if a kernel dumped core but you did not expect it,
and it is therefore not compiled using config -g? Not
everything is lost here. Do not panic!Of course, you still need to enable crash dumps. See above on the
options you have to specify in order to do this.Go to your kernel config directory
(/usr/src/sys/arch/conf)
and edit your configuration file. Uncomment (or add, if it does not
exist) the following linemakeoptions DEBUG=-g #Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbolsRebuild the kernel. Due to the time stamp change on the Makefile,
there will be some other object files rebuild, for example
trap.o. With a bit of luck, the added
option will not change anything for the generated
code, so you will finally get a new kernel with similar code to the
faulting one but some debugging symbols. You should at least verify the
old and new sizes with the &man.size.1; command. If there is a
mismatch, you probably need to give up here.Go and examine the dump as described above. The debugging symbols
might be incomplete for some places, as can be seen in the stack trace
in the example above where some functions are displayed without line
numbers and argument lists. If you need more debugging symbols, remove
the appropriate object files and repeat the gdb
session until you know enough.All this is not guaranteed to work, but it will do it fine in most
cases.On-Line Kernel Debugging Using DDBWhile gdb as an off-line debugger provides a very
high level of user interface, there are some things it cannot do. The
most important ones being breakpointing and single-stepping kernel
code.If you need to do low-level debugging on your kernel, there is an
on-line debugger available called DDB. It allows to setting
breakpoints, single-stepping kernel functions, examining and changing
kernel variables, etc. However, it cannot access kernel source files,
and only has access to the global and static symbols, not to the full
debug information like gdb.To configure your kernel to include DDB, add the option line
options DDB
to your config file, and rebuild. (See The FreeBSD Handbook for details on
configuring the FreeBSD kernel.If you have an older version of the boot blocks, your
debugger symbols might not be loaded at all. Update the boot blocks;
the recent ones load the DDB symbols automagically.)Once your DDB kernel is running, there are several ways to enter
DDB. The first, and earliest way is to type the boot flag
right at the boot prompt. The kernel will start up
in debug mode and enter DDB prior to any device probing. Hence you can
even debug the device probe/attach functions.The second scenario is to drop to the debugger once the
system has booted. There are two simple ways to accomplish
this. If you would like to break to the debugger from the
- command prompt, simply type the command :
+ command prompt, simply type the command:
&prompt.root; sysctl debug.enter_debugger=ddbAlternatively, if you are at the system console, you may use
a hot-key on the keyboard. The default break-to-debugger
sequence is CtrlAltESC. For
syscons, this sequence can be remapped and some of the
distributed maps out there do this, so check to make sure you
know the right sequence to use. There is an option available
for serial consoles that allows the use of a serial line BREAK on the
console line to enter DDB (options BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER
in the kernel config file). It is not the default since there are a lot
of crappy serial adapters around that gratuitously generate a BREAK
condition, for example when pulling the cable.The third way is that any panic condition will branch to DDB if the
kernel is configured to use it. For this reason, it is not wise to
configure a kernel with DDB for a machine running unattended.The DDB commands roughly resemble some gdb
commands. The first thing you probably need to do is to set a
breakpoint:b function-nameb addressNumbers are taken hexadecimal by default, but to make them distinct
from symbol names; hexadecimal numbers starting with the letters
a-f need to be preceded with 0x
(this is optional for other numbers). Simple expressions are allowed,
for example: function-name + 0x103.To continue the operation of an interrupted kernel, simply
type:cTo get a stack trace, use:traceNote that when entering DDB via a hot-key, the kernel is currently
servicing an interrupt, so the stack trace might be not of much use
for you.If you want to remove a breakpoint, usedeldel address-expressionThe first form will be accepted immediately after a breakpoint hit,
and deletes the current breakpoint. The second form can remove any
breakpoint, but you need to specify the exact address; this can be
obtained from:show bTo single-step the kernel, try:sThis will step into functions, but you can make DDB trace them until
the matching return statement is reached by:nThis is different from gdb's
next statement; it is like gdb's
finish.To examine data from memory, use (for example):
x/wx 0xf0133fe0,40x/hd db_symtab_spacex/bc termbuf,10x/s stringbuf
for word/halfword/byte access, and hexadecimal/decimal/character/ string
display. The number after the comma is the object count. To display
the next 0x10 items, simply use:x ,10Similarly, use
x/ia foofunc,10
to disassemble the first 0x10 instructions of
foofunc, and display them along with their offset
from the beginning of foofunc.To modify memory, use the write command:w/b termbuf 0xa 0xb 0w/w 0xf0010030 0 0The command modifier
(b/h/w)
specifies the size of the data to be written, the first following
expression is the address to write to and the remainder is interpreted
as data to write to successive memory locations.If you need to know the current registers, use:show regAlternatively, you can display a single register value by e.g.
p $eax
and modify it by:set $eax new-valueShould you need to call some kernel functions from DDB, simply
say:call func(arg1, arg2, ...)The return value will be printed.For a &man.ps.1; style summary of all running processes, use:psNow you have examined why your kernel failed, and you wish to
reboot. Remember that, depending on the severity of previous
malfunctioning, not all parts of the kernel might still be working as
expected. Perform one of the following actions to shut down and reboot
your system:panicThis will cause your kernel to dump core and reboot, so you can
later analyze the core on a higher level with gdb. This command
usually must be followed by another continue
statement.call boot(0)Which might be a good way to cleanly shut down the running system,
sync() all disks, and finally reboot. As long as
the disk and file system interfaces of the kernel are not damaged, this
might be a good way for an almost clean shutdown.call cpu_reset()is the final way out of disaster and almost the same as hitting the
Big Red Button.If you need a short command summary, simply type:helpHowever, it is highly recommended to have a printed copy of the
&man.ddb.4; manual page ready for a debugging
session. Remember that it is hard to read the on-line manual while
single-stepping the kernel.On-Line Kernel Debugging Using Remote GDBThis feature has been supported since FreeBSD 2.2, and it is
actually a very neat one.GDB has already supported remote debugging for
a long time. This is done using a very simple protocol along a serial
line. Unlike the other methods described above, you will need two
machines for doing this. One is the host providing the debugging
environment, including all the sources, and a copy of the kernel binary
with all the symbols in it, and the other one is the target machine that
simply runs a similar copy of the very same kernel (but stripped of the
debugging information).You should configure the kernel in question with config
-g, include into the configuration, and
compile it as usual. This gives a large blurb of a binary, due to the
debugging information. Copy this kernel to the target machine, strip
the debugging symbols off with strip -x, and boot it
using the boot option. Connect the serial line
of the target machine that has "flags 080" set on its sio device
to any serial line of the debugging host.
Now, on the debugging machine, go to the compile directory of the target
kernel, and start gdb:&prompt.user; gdb -k kernel
GDB is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies of it
under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see the conditions.
There is absolutely no warranty for GDB; type "show warranty" for details.
GDB 4.16 (i386-unknown-freebsd),
Copyright 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc...
(kgdb)Initialize the remote debugging session (assuming the first serial
port is being used) by:(kgdb)target remote /dev/cuaa0Now, on the target host (the one that entered DDB right before even
starting the device probe), type:Debugger("Boot flags requested debugger")
Stopped at Debugger+0x35: movb $0, edata+0x51bc
db>gdbDDB will respond with:Next trap will enter GDB remote protocol modeEvery time you type gdb, the mode will be toggled
between remote GDB and local DDB. In order to force a next trap
immediately, simply type s (step). Your hosting GDB
will now gain control over the target kernel:Remote debugging using /dev/cuaa0
Debugger (msg=0xf01b0383 "Boot flags requested debugger")
at ../../i386/i386/db_interface.c:257
(kgdb)You can use this session almost as any other GDB session, including
full access to the source, running it in gud-mode inside an Emacs window
(which gives you an automatic source code display in another Emacs
window) etc.Debugging Loadable Modules Using GDBWhen debugging a panic that occurred within a module, or
using remote GDB against a machine that uses dynamic modules,
you need to tell GDB how to obtain symbol information for those
modules.First, you need to build the module(s) with debugging
information:&prompt.root; cd /sys/modules/linux
&prompt.root; make clean; make COPTS=-gIf you are using remote GDB, you can run
kldstat on the target machine to find out
where the module was loaded:&prompt.root; kldstat
Id Refs Address Size Name
1 4 0xc0100000 1c1678 kernel
2 1 0xc0a9e000 6000 linprocfs.ko
3 1 0xc0ad7000 2000 warp_saver.ko
4 1 0xc0adc000 11000 linux.koIf you are debugging a crash dump, you will need to walk the
linker_files list, starting at
linker_files->tqh_first and following the
link.tqe_next pointers until you find the
entry with the filename you are looking for.
The address member of that entry is the load
address of the module.Next, you need to find out the offset of the text section
within the module:&prompt.root; objdump --section-headers /sys/modules/linux/linux.ko | grep text
3 .rel.text 000016e0 000038e0 000038e0 000038e0 2**2
10 .text 00007f34 000062d0 000062d0 000062d0 2**2The one you want is the .text section,
section 10 in the above example. The fourth hexadecimal field
(sixth field overall) is the offset of the text section within
the file. Add this offset to the load address of the module to
obtain the relocation address for the module's code. In our
example, we get 0xc0adc000 + 0x62d0 = 0xc0ae22d0. Use the
add-symbol-file command in GDB to tell the
debugger about the module:(kgdb)add-symbol-file /sys/modules/linux/linux.ko 0xc0ae22d0
add symbol table from file "/sys/modules/linux/linux.ko" at text_addr = 0xc0ae22d0?
(y or n) y
Reading symbols from /sys/modules/linux/linux.ko...done.
(kgdb)You should now have access to all the symbols in the
module.Debugging a Console DriverSince you need a console driver to run DDB on, things are more
complicated if the console driver itself is failing. You might remember
the use of a serial console (either with modified boot blocks, or by
specifying at the Boot: prompt),
and hook up a standard terminal onto your first serial port. DDB works
on any configured console driver, of course also on a serial
console.
diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml
index d1085cce39..15146dc9e9 100644
--- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml
+++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml
@@ -1,370 +1,369 @@
PCI DevicesThis chapter will talk about the FreeBSD mechanisms for
writing a device driver for a device on a PCI bus.Probe and AttachInformation here about how the PCI bus code iterates through
the unattached devices and see if a newly loaded kld will attach
to any of them./*
* Simple KLD to play with the PCI functions.
*
* Murray Stokely
*/
#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/module.h>
#include <sys/systm.h> /* uprintf */
#include <sys/errno.h>
#include <sys/param.h> /* defines used in kernel.h */
#include <sys/kernel.h> /* types used in module initialization */
#include <sys/conf.h> /* cdevsw struct */
#include <sys/uio.h> /* uio struct */
#include <sys/malloc.h>
#include <sys/bus.h> /* structs, prototypes for pci bus stuff */
#include <pci/pcivar.h> /* For get_pci macros! */
/* Function prototypes */
d_open_t mypci_open;
d_close_t mypci_close;
d_read_t mypci_read;
d_write_t mypci_write;
/* Character device entry points */
static struct cdevsw mypci_cdevsw = {
mypci_open,
mypci_close,
mypci_read,
mypci_write,
noioctl,
nopoll,
nommap,
nostrategy,
"mypci",
36, /* reserved for lkms - /usr/src/sys/conf/majors */
nodump,
nopsize,
D_TTY,
-1
};
/* vars */
static dev_t sdev;
/* We're more interested in probe/attach than with
open/close/read/write at this point */
int
mypci_open(dev_t dev, int oflags, int devtype, struct proc *p)
{
int err = 0;
uprintf("Opened device \"mypci\" successfully.\n");
return(err);
}
int
mypci_close(dev_t dev, int fflag, int devtype, struct proc *p)
{
int err=0;
uprintf("Closing device \"mypci.\"\n");
return(err);
}
int
mypci_read(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag)
{
int err = 0;
uprintf("mypci read!\n");
return err;
}
int
mypci_write(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag)
{
int err = 0;
uprintf("mypci write!\n");
return(err);
}
/* PCI Support Functions */
/*
* Return identification string if this is device is ours.
*/
static int
mypci_probe(device_t dev)
{
uprintf("MyPCI Probe\n"
"Vendor ID : 0x%x\n"
"Device ID : 0x%x\n",pci_get_vendor(dev),pci_get_device(dev));
if (pci_get_vendor(dev) == 0x11c1) {
uprintf("We've got the Winmodem, probe successful!\n");
return 0;
}
return ENXIO;
}
/* Attach function is only called if the probe is successful */
static int
mypci_attach(device_t dev)
{
uprintf("MyPCI Attach for : deviceID : 0x%x\n",pci_get_vendor(dev));
sdev = make_dev(&mypci_cdevsw,
0,
UID_ROOT,
GID_WHEEL,
0600,
"mypci");
uprintf("Mypci device loaded.\n");
return ENXIO;
}
/* Detach device. */
static int
mypci_detach(device_t dev)
{
uprintf("Mypci detach!\n");
return 0;
}
/* Called during system shutdown after sync. */
static int
mypci_shutdown(device_t dev)
{
uprintf("Mypci shutdown!\n");
return 0;
}
/*
* Device suspend routine.
*/
static int
mypci_suspend(device_t dev)
{
uprintf("Mypci suspend!\n");
return 0;
}
/*
* Device resume routine.
*/
static int
mypci_resume(device_t dev)
{
uprintf("Mypci resume!\n");
return 0;
}
static device_method_t mypci_methods[] = {
/* Device interface */
DEVMETHOD(device_probe, mypci_probe),
DEVMETHOD(device_attach, mypci_attach),
DEVMETHOD(device_detach, mypci_detach),
DEVMETHOD(device_shutdown, mypci_shutdown),
DEVMETHOD(device_suspend, mypci_suspend),
DEVMETHOD(device_resume, mypci_resume),
{ 0, 0 }
};
static driver_t mypci_driver = {
"mypci",
mypci_methods,
0,
/* sizeof(struct mypci_softc), */
};
static devclass_t mypci_devclass;
DRIVER_MODULE(mypci, pci, mypci_driver, mypci_devclass, 0, 0);Additional Resources
PCI
Special Interest GroupPCI System Architecture, Fourth Edition by
Tom Shanley, et al.Bus ResourcesFreeBSD provides an object-oriented mechanism for requesting
resources from a parent bus. Almost all devices will be a child
member of some sort of bus (PCI, ISA, USB, SCSI, etc) and these
devices need to acquire resources from their parent bus (such as
memory segments, interrupt lines, or DMA channels).Base Address RegistersTo do anything particularly useful with a PCI device you
will need to obtain the Base Address
Registers (BARs) from the PCI Configuration space.
The PCI-specific details of obtaining the BAR is abstracted in
the bus_alloc_resource() function.For example, a typical driver might have something similar
- to this in the attach() function. :
+ to this in the attach() function:
sc->bar0id = 0x10;
sc->bar0res = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, &(sc->bar0id),
0, ~0, 1, RF_ACTIVE);
if (sc->bar0res == NULL) {
uprintf("Memory allocation of PCI base register 0 failed!\n");
error = ENXIO;
goto fail1;
}
sc->bar1id = 0x14;
sc->bar1res = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, &(sc->bar1id),
0, ~0, 1, RF_ACTIVE);
if (sc->bar1res == NULL) {
uprintf("Memory allocation of PCI base register 1 failed!\n");
error = ENXIO;
goto fail2;
}
sc->bar0_bt = rman_get_bustag(sc->bar0res);
sc->bar0_bh = rman_get_bushandle(sc->bar0res);
sc->bar1_bt = rman_get_bustag(sc->bar1res);
sc->bar1_bh = rman_get_bushandle(sc->bar1res);
Handles for each base address register are kept in the
softc structure so that they can be
used to write to the device later.These handles can then be used to read or write from the
device registers with the bus_space_*
functions. For example, a driver might contain a shorthand
- function to read from a board specific register like this :
-
+ function to read from a board specific register like this:
uint16_t
board_read(struct ni_softc *sc, uint16_t address) {
return bus_space_read_2(sc->bar1_bt, sc->bar1_bh, address);
}
- Similarly, one could write to the registers with :
+ Similarly, one could write to the registers with:void
board_write(struct ni_softc *sc, uint16_t address, uint16_t value) {
bus_space_write_2(sc->bar1_bt, sc->bar1_bh, address, value);
}
These functions exist in 8bit, 16bit, and 32bit versions
and you should use
bus_space_{read|write}_{1|2|4}
accordingly.InterruptsInterrupts are allocated from the object-oriented bus code
in a way similar to the memory resources. First an IRQ
resource must be allocated from the parent bus, and then the
interrupt handler must be setup to deal with this IRQ.Again, a sample from a device
attach() function says more than
words./* Get the IRQ resource */
sc->irqid = 0x0;
sc->irqres = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_IRQ, &(sc->irqid),
0, ~0, 1, RF_SHAREABLE | RF_ACTIVE);
if (sc->irqres == NULL) {
uprintf("IRQ allocation failed!\n");
error = ENXIO;
goto fail3;
}
/* Now we should setup the interrupt handler */
error = bus_setup_intr(dev, sc->irqres, INTR_TYPE_MISC,
my_handler, sc, &(sc->handler));
if (error) {
printf("Couldn't set up irq\n");
goto fail4;
}
sc->irq_bt = rman_get_bustag(sc->irqres);
sc->irq_bh = rman_get_bushandle(sc->irqres);
DMAOn the PC, peripherals that want to do bus-mastering DMA
must deal with physical addresses. This is a problem since
FreeBSD uses virtual memory and deals almost exclusively with
virtual addresses. Fortunately, there is a function,
vtophys() to help.#include <vm/vm.h>
#include <vm/pmap.h>
#define vtophys(virtual_address) (...)
The solution is a bit different on the alpha however, and
what we really want is a function called
vtobus().#if defined(__alpha__)
#define vtobus(va) alpha_XXX_dmamap((vm_offset_t)va)
#else
#define vtobus(va) vtophys(va)
#endif
Deallocating ResourcesIt is very important to deallocate all of the resources
that were allocated during attach().
Care must be taken to deallocate the correct stuff even on a
failure condition so that the system will remain usable while
your driver dies.
diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml
index a3881b407e..4e9c6e5332 100644
--- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml
+++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml
@@ -1,1983 +1,1983 @@
Common Access Method SCSI ControllersThis chapter was written by &a.babkin;
Modifications for the handbook made by
&a.murray;.SynopsisThis document assumes that the reader has a general
understanding of device drivers in FreeBSD and of the SCSI
protocol. Much of the information in this document was
- extracted from the drivers :
+ extracted from the drivers:
ncr (/sys/pci/ncr.c) by
Wolfgang Stanglmeier and Stefan Essersym (/sys/pci/sym.c) by
Gerard Roudieraic7xxx
(/sys/dev/aic7xxx/aic7xxx.c) by Justin
T. Gibbsand from the CAM code itself (by Justing T. Gibbs, see
/sys/cam/*). When some solution looked the
most logical and was essentially verbatim extracted from the code
by Justin Gibbs, I marked it as "recommended".The document is illustrated with examples in
pseudo-code. Although sometimes the examples have many details
and look like real code, it is still pseudo-code. It was written
to demonstrate the concepts in an understandable way. For a real
driver other approaches may be more modular and efficient. It
also abstracts from the hardware details, as well as issues that
would cloud the demonstrated concepts or that are supposed to be
described in the other chapters of the developers handbook. Such
details are commonly shown as calls to functions with descriptive
names, comments or pseudo-statements. Fortunately real life
full-size examples with all the details can be found in the real
drivers.General architectureCAM stands for Common Access Method. It is a generic way to
address the I/O buses in a SCSI-like way. This allows a
separation of the generic device drivers from the drivers
controlling the I/O bus: for example the disk driver becomes able
to control disks on both SCSI, IDE, and/or any other bus so the
disk driver portion does not have to be rewritten (or copied and
modified) for every new I/O bus. Thus the two most important
active entities are:Peripheral Modules - a
driver for peripheral devices (disk, tape, CDROM,
etc.)SCSI Interface Modules (SIM)
- a Host Bus Adapter drivers for connecting to an I/O bus such
as SCSI or IDE.A peripheral driver receives requests from the OS, converts
them to a sequence of SCSI commands and passes these SCSI
commands to a SCSI Interface Module. The SCSI Interface Module
is responsible for passing these commands to the actual hardware
(or if the actual hardware is not SCSI but, for example, IDE
then also converting the SCSI commands to the native commands of
the hardware).Because we are interested in writing a SCSI adapter driver
here, from this point on we will consider everything from the
SIM standpoint.A typical SIM driver needs to include the following
CAM-related header files:#include <cam/cam.h>
#include <cam/cam_ccb.h>
#include <cam/cam_sim.h>
#include <cam/cam_xpt_sim.h>
#include <cam/cam_debug.h>
#include <cam/scsi/scsi_all.h>The first thing each SIM driver must do is register itself
with the CAM subsystem. This is done during the driver's
xxx_attach() function (here and further
xxx_ is used to denote the unique driver name prefix). The
xxx_attach() function itself is called by
the system bus auto-configuration code which we do not describe
here.This is achieved in multiple steps: first it is necessary to
allocate the queue of requests associated with this SIM: struct cam_devq *devq;
if(( devq = cam_simq_alloc(SIZE) )==NULL) {
error; /* some code to handle the error */
}Here SIZE is the size of the queue to be allocated, maximal
number of requests it could contain. It is the number of requests
that the SIM driver can handle in parallel on one SCSI
card. Commonly it can be calculated as:SIZE = NUMBER_OF_SUPPORTED_TARGETS * MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_COMMANDS_PER_TARGETNext we create a descriptor of our SIM: struct cam_sim *sim;
if(( sim = cam_sim_alloc(action_func, poll_func, driver_name,
softc, unit, max_dev_transactions,
max_tagged_dev_transactions, devq) )==NULL) {
cam_simq_free(devq);
error; /* some code to handle the error */
}Note that if we are not able to create a SIM descriptor we
free the devq also because we can do
nothing else with it and we want to conserve memory.If a SCSI card has multiple SCSI buses on it then each bus
requires its own cam_sim
structure.An interesting question is what to do if a SCSI card has
more than one SCSI bus, do we need one
devq structure per card or per SCSI
bus? The answer given in the comments to the CAM code is:
either way, as the driver's author prefers.
- The arguments are :
+ The arguments are:
action_func - pointer to
the driver's xxx_action function.
static void
xxx_actionstruct cam_sim *sim,
union ccb *ccbpoll_func - pointer to
the driver's xxx_poll()static void
xxx_pollstruct cam_sim *simdriver_name - the name of the actual driver,
such as "ncr" or "wds"softc - pointer to the
driver's internal descriptor for this SCSI card. This
pointer will be used by the driver in future to get private
data.unit - the controller unit number, for example
for controller "wds0" this number will be
0max_dev_transactions - maximal number of
simultaneous transactions per SCSI target in the non-tagged
mode. This value will be almost universally equal to 1, with
possible exceptions only for the non-SCSI cards. Also the
drivers that hope to take advantage by preparing one
transaction while another one is executed may set it to 2
but this does not seem to be worth the
complexity.max_tagged_dev_transactions - the same thing,
but in the tagged mode. Tags are the SCSI way to initiate
multiple transactions on a device: each transaction is
assigned a unique tag and the transaction is sent to the
device. When the device completes some transaction it sends
back the result together with the tag so that the SCSI
adapter (and the driver) can tell which transaction was
completed. This argument is also known as the maximal tag
depth. It depends on the abilities of the SCSI
adapter.Finally we register the SCSI buses associated with our SCSI
adapter: if(xpt_bus_register(sim, bus_number) != CAM_SUCCESS) {
cam_sim_free(sim, /*free_devq*/ TRUE);
error; /* some code to handle the error */
}If there is one devq structure per
SCSI bus (i.e. we consider a card with multiple buses as
multiple cards with one bus each) then the bus number will
always be 0, otherwise each bus on the SCSI card should be get a
distinct number. Each bus needs its own separate structure
cam_sim.After that our controller is completely hooked to the CAM
system. The value of devq can be
discarded now: sim will be passed as an argument in all further
calls from CAM and devq can be derived from it.CAM provides the framework for such asynchronous
events. Some events originate from the lower levels (the SIM
drivers), some events originate from the peripheral drivers,
some events originate from the CAM subsystem itself. Any driver
can register callbacks for some types of the asynchronous
events, so that it would be notified if these events
occur.A typical example of such an event is a device reset. Each
transaction and event identifies the devices to which it applies
by the means of "path". The target-specific events normally
occur during a transaction with this device. So the path from
that transaction may be re-used to report this event (this is
safe because the event path is copied in the event reporting
routine but not deallocated nor passed anywhere further). Also
it is safe to allocate paths dynamically at any time including
the interrupt routines, although that incurs certain overhead,
and a possible problem with this approach is that there may be
no free memory at that time. For a bus reset event we need to
define a wildcard path including all devices on the bus. So we
can create the path for the future bus reset events in advance
and avoid problems with the future memory shortage: struct cam_path *path;
if(xpt_create_path(&path, /*periph*/NULL,
cam_sim_path(sim), CAM_TARGET_WILDCARD,
CAM_LUN_WILDCARD) != CAM_REQ_CMP) {
xpt_bus_deregister(cam_sim_path(sim));
cam_sim_free(sim, /*free_devq*/TRUE);
error; /* some code to handle the error */
}
softc->wpath = path;
softc->sim = sim;As you can see the path includes:ID of the peripheral driver (NULL here because we have
none)ID of the SIM driver
(cam_sim_path(sim))SCSI target number of the device (CAM_TARGET_WILDCARD
means "all devices")SCSI LUN number of the subdevice (CAM_LUN_WILDCARD means
"all LUNs")If the driver can not allocate this path it will not be able to
work normally, so in that case we dismantle that SCSI
bus.And we save the path pointer in the
softc structure for future use. After
that we save the value of sim (or we can also discard it on the
exit from xxx_probe() if we wish).That is all for a minimalistic initialization. To do things
right there is one more issue left. For a SIM driver there is one particularly interesting
event: when a target device is considered lost. In this case
resetting the SCSI negotiations with this device may be a good
idea. So we register a callback for this event with CAM. The
request is passed to CAM by requesting CAM action on a CAM
control block for this type of request: struct ccb_setasync csa;
xpt_setup_ccb(&csa.ccb_h, path, /*priority*/5);
csa.ccb_h.func_code = XPT_SASYNC_CB;
csa.event_enable = AC_LOST_DEVICE;
csa.callback = xxx_async;
csa.callback_arg = sim;
xpt_action((union ccb *)&csa);Now we take a look at the xxx_action()
and xxx_poll() driver entry points.static void
xxx_actionstruct cam_sim *sim,
union ccb *ccbDo some action on request of the CAM subsystem. Sim
describes the SIM for the request, CCB is the request
itself. CCB stands for "CAM Control Block". It is a union of
many specific instances, each describing arguments for some type
of transactions. All of these instances share the CCB header
where the common part of arguments is stored.CAM supports the SCSI controllers working in both initiator
("normal") mode and target (simulating a SCSI device) mode. Here
we only consider the part relevant to the initiator mode.There are a few function and macros (in other words,
methods) defined to access the public data in the struct sim:cam_sim_path(sim) - the
path ID (see above)cam_sim_name(sim) - the
name of the simcam_sim_softc(sim) - the
pointer to the softc (driver private data)
structure cam_sim_unit(sim) - the
unit number cam_sim_bus(sim) - the bus
IDTo identify the device, xxx_action() can
get the unit number and pointer to its structure softc using
these functions.The type of request is stored in
ccb->ccb_h.func_code. So generally
xxx_action() consists of a big
switch: struct xxx_softc *softc = (struct xxx_softc *) cam_sim_softc(sim);
struct ccb_hdr *ccb_h = &ccb->ccb_h;
int unit = cam_sim_unit(sim);
int bus = cam_sim_bus(sim);
switch(ccb_h->func_code) {
case ...:
...
default:
ccb_h->status = CAM_REQ_INVALID;
xpt_done(ccb);
break;
}As can be seen from the default case (if an unknown command
was received) the return code of the command is set into
ccb->ccb_h.status and the completed
CCB is returned back to CAM by calling
xpt_done(ccb). xpt_done() does not have to be called
from xxx_action(): For example an I/O
request may be enqueued inside the SIM driver and/or its SCSI
controller. Then when the device would post an interrupt
signaling that the processing of this request is complete
xpt_done() may be called from the interrupt
handling routine.Actually, the CCB status is not only assigned as a return
code but a CCB has some status all the time. Before CCB is
passed to the xxx_action() routine it gets
the status CCB_REQ_INPROG meaning that it is in progress. There
are a surprising number of status values defined in
/sys/cam/cam.h which should be able to
represent the status of a request in great detail. More
interesting yet, the status is in fact a "bitwise or" of an
enumerated status value (the lower 6 bits) and possible
additional flag-like bits (the upper bits). The enumerated
values will be discussed later in more detail. The summary of
them can be found in the Errors Summary section. The possible
status flags are:CAM_DEV_QFRZN - if the
SIM driver gets a serious error (for example, the device does
not respond to the selection or breaks the SCSI protocol) when
processing a CCB it should freeze the request queue by calling
xpt_freeze_simq(), return the other
enqueued but not processed yet CCBs for this device back to
the CAM queue, then set this flag for the troublesome CCB and
call xpt_done(). This flag causes the CAM
subsystem to unfreeze the queue after it handles the
error.CAM_AUTOSNS_VALID - if
the device returned an error condition and the flag
CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE is not set in CCB the SIM driver must
execute the REQUEST SENSE command automatically to extract the
sense (extended error information) data from the device. If
this attempt was successful the sense data should be saved in
the CCB and this flag set.CAM_RELEASE_SIMQ - like
CAM_DEV_QFRZN but used in case there is some problem (or
resource shortage) with the SCSI controller itself. Then all
the future requests to the controller should be stopped by
xpt_freeze_simq(). The controller queue
will be restarted after the SIM driver overcomes the shortage
and informs CAM by returning some CCB with this flag
set.CAM_SIM_QUEUED - when SIM
puts a CCB into its request queue this flag should be set (and
removed when this CCB gets dequeued before being returned back
to CAM). This flag is not used anywhere in the CAM code now,
so its purpose is purely diagnostic.The function xxx_action() is not
allowed to sleep, so all the synchronization for resource access
must be done using SIM or device queue freezing. Besides the
aforementioned flags the CAM subsystem provides functions
xpt_selease_simq() and
xpt_release_devq() to unfreeze the queues
directly, without passing a CCB to CAM.The CCB header contains the following fields:path - path ID for the
requesttarget_id - target device
ID for the requesttarget_lun - LUN ID of
the target devicetimeout - timeout
interval for this command, in millisecondstimeout_ch - a
convenience place for the SIM driver to store the timeout handle
(the CAM subsystem itself does not make any assumptions about
it)flags - various bits of
information about the request spriv_ptr0, spriv_ptr1 - fields
reserved for private use by the SIM driver (such as linking to
the SIM queues or SIM private control blocks); actually, they
exist as unions: spriv_ptr0 and spriv_ptr1 have the type (void
*), spriv_field0 and spriv_field1 have the type unsigned long,
sim_priv.entries[0].bytes and sim_priv.entries[1].bytes are byte
arrays of the size consistent with the other incarnations of the
union and sim_priv.bytes is one array, twice
bigger.The recommended way of using the SIM private fields of CCB
is to define some meaningful names for them and use these
meaningful names in the driver, like:#define ccb_some_meaningful_name sim_priv.entries[0].bytes
#define ccb_hcb spriv_ptr1 /* for hardware control block */The most common initiator mode requests are:XPT_SCSI_IO - execute an
I/O transactionThe instance "struct ccb_scsiio csio" of the union ccb is
used to transfer the arguments. They are:cdb_io - pointer to
the SCSI command buffer or the buffer
itselfcdb_len - SCSI
command lengthdata_ptr - pointer to
the data buffer (gets a bit complicated if scatter/gather is
used)dxfer_len - length of
the data to transfersglist_cnt - counter
of the scatter/gather segmentsscsi_status - place
to return the SCSI statussense_data - buffer
for the SCSI sense information if the command returns an
error (the SIM driver is supposed to run the REQUEST SENSE
command automatically in this case if the CCB flag
CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE is not set)sense_len - the
length of that buffer (if it happens to be higher than size
of sense_data the SIM driver must silently assume the
smaller value) resid, sense_resid - if the transfer of data
or SCSI sense returned an error these are the returned
counters of the residual (not transferred) data. They do not
seem to be especially meaningful, so in a case when they are
difficult to compute (say, counting bytes in the SCSI
controller's FIFO buffer) an approximate value will do as
well. For a successfully completed transfer they must be set
to zero.tag_action - the kind
of tag to use:
CAM_TAG_ACTION_NONE - do not use tags for this
transactionMSG_SIMPLE_Q_TAG, MSG_HEAD_OF_Q_TAG,
MSG_ORDERED_Q_TAG - value equal to the appropriate tag
message (see /sys/cam/scsi/scsi_message.h); this gives only
the tag type, the SIM driver must assign the tag value
itselfThe general logic of handling this request is the
following:The first thing to do is to check for possible races, to
make sure that the command did not get aborted when it was
sitting in the queue: struct ccb_scsiio *csio = &ccb->csio;
if ((ccb_h->status & CAM_STATUS_MASK) != CAM_REQ_INPROG) {
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}Also we check that the device is supported at all by our
controller: if(ccb_h->target_id > OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_TARGET_ID
|| cch_h->target_id == OUR_SCSI_CONTROLLERS_OWN_ID) {
ccb_h->status = CAM_TID_INVALID;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}
if(ccb_h->target_lun > OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_LUN) {
ccb_h->status = CAM_LUN_INVALID;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}Then allocate whatever data structures (such as
card-dependent hardware control block) we need to process this
request. If we ca not then freeze the SIM queue and remember
that we have a pending operation, return the CCB back and ask
CAM to re-queue it. Later when the resources become available
the SIM queue must be unfrozen by returning a ccb with the
CAM_SIMQ_RELEASE bit set in its status. Otherwise, if all went
well, link the CCB with the hardware control block (HCB) and
mark it as queued. struct xxx_hcb *hcb = allocate_hcb(softc, unit, bus);
if(hcb == NULL) {
softc->flags |= RESOURCE_SHORTAGE;
xpt_freeze_simq(sim, /*count*/1);
ccb_h->status = CAM_REQUEUE_REQ;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}
hcb->ccb = ccb; ccb_h->ccb_hcb = (void *)hcb;
ccb_h->status |= CAM_SIM_QUEUED;Extract the target data from CCB into the hardware control
block. Check if we are asked to assign a tag and if yes then
generate an unique tag and build the SCSI tag messages. The
SIM driver is also responsible for negotiations with the
devices to set the maximal mutually supported bus width,
synchronous rate and offset. hcb->target = ccb_h->target_id; hcb->lun = ccb_h->target_lun;
generate_identify_message(hcb);
if( ccb_h->tag_action != CAM_TAG_ACTION_NONE )
generate_unique_tag_message(hcb, ccb_h->tag_action);
if( !target_negotiated(hcb) )
generate_negotiation_messages(hcb);Then set up the SCSI command. The command storage may be
specified in the CCB in many interesting ways, specified by
the CCB flags. The command buffer can be contained in CCB or
pointed to, in the latter case the pointer may be physical or
virtual. Since the hardware commonly needs physical address we
always convert the address to the physical one.A NOT-QUITE RELATED NOTE: Normally this is done by a call
to vtophys(), but for the PCI device (which account for most
of the SCSI controllers now) drivers' portability to the Alpha
architecture the conversion must be done by vtobus() instead
due to special Alpha quirks. [IMHO it would be much better to
have two separate functions, vtop() and ptobus() then vtobus()
would be a simple superposition of them.] In case if a
physical address is requested it is OK to return the CCB with
the status CAM_REQ_INVALID, the current drivers do that. But
it is also possible to compile the Alpha-specific piece of
code, as in this example (there should be a more direct way to
do that, without conditional compilation in the drivers). If
necessary a physical address can be also converted or mapped
back to a virtual address but with big pain, so we do not do
that. if(ccb_h->flags & CAM_CDB_POINTER) {
/* CDB is a pointer */
if(!(ccb_h->flags & CAM_CDB_PHYS)) {
/* CDB pointer is virtual */
hcb->cmd = vtobus(csio->cdb_io.cdb_ptr);
} else {
/* CDB pointer is physical */
#if defined(__alpha__)
hcb->cmd = csio->cdb_io.cdb_ptr | alpha_XXX_dmamap_or ;
#else
hcb->cmd = csio->cdb_io.cdb_ptr ;
#endif
}
} else {
/* CDB is in the ccb (buffer) */
hcb->cmd = vtobus(csio->cdb_io.cdb_bytes);
}
hcb->cmdlen = csio->cdb_len;Now it is time to set up the data. Again, the data storage
may be specified in the CCB in many interesting ways,
specified by the CCB flags. First we get the direction of the
data transfer. The simplest case is if there is no data to
transfer: int dir = (ccb_h->flags & CAM_DIR_MASK);
if (dir == CAM_DIR_NONE)
goto end_data;Then we check if the data is in one chunk or in a
scatter-gather list, and the addresses are physical or
virtual. The SCSI controller may be able to handle only a
limited number of chunks of limited length. If the request
hits this limitation we return an error. We use a special
function to return the CCB to handle in one place the HCB
resource shortages. The functions to add chunks are
driver-dependent, and here we leave them without detailed
implementation. See description of the SCSI command (CDB)
handling for the details on the address-translation issues.
If some variation is too difficult or impossible to implement
with a particular card it is OK to return the status
CAM_REQ_INVALID. Actually, it seems like the scatter-gather
ability is not used anywhere in the CAM code now. But at least
the case for a single non-scattered virtual buffer must be
implemented, it is actively used by CAM. int rv;
initialize_hcb_for_data(hcb);
if((!(ccb_h->flags & CAM_SCATTER_VALID)) {
/* single buffer */
if(!(ccb_h->flags & CAM_DATA_PHYS)) {
rv = add_virtual_chunk(hcb, csio->data_ptr, csio->dxfer_len, dir);
}
} else {
rv = add_physical_chunk(hcb, csio->data_ptr, csio->dxfer_len, dir);
}
} else {
int i;
struct bus_dma_segment *segs;
segs = (struct bus_dma_segment *)csio->data_ptr;
if ((ccb_h->flags & CAM_SG_LIST_PHYS) != 0) {
/* The SG list pointer is physical */
rv = setup_hcb_for_physical_sg_list(hcb, segs, csio->sglist_cnt);
} else if (!(ccb_h->flags & CAM_DATA_PHYS)) {
/* SG buffer pointers are virtual */
for (i = 0; i < csio->sglist_cnt; i++) {
rv = add_virtual_chunk(hcb, segs[i].ds_addr,
segs[i].ds_len, dir);
if (rv != CAM_REQ_CMP)
break;
}
} else {
/* SG buffer pointers are physical */
for (i = 0; i < csio->sglist_cnt; i++) {
rv = add_physical_chunk(hcb, segs[i].ds_addr,
segs[i].ds_len, dir);
if (rv != CAM_REQ_CMP)
break;
}
}
}
if(rv != CAM_REQ_CMP) {
/* we expect that add_*_chunk() functions return CAM_REQ_CMP
* if they added a chunk successfully, CAM_REQ_TOO_BIG if
* the request is too big (too many bytes or too many chunks),
* CAM_REQ_INVALID in case of other troubles
*/
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, ccb, rv);
return;
}
end_data:If disconnection is disabled for this CCB we pass this
information to the hcb: if(ccb_h->flags & CAM_DIS_DISCONNECT)
hcb_disable_disconnect(hcb);If the controller is able to run REQUEST SENSE command all
by itself then the value of the flag CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE should
also be passed to it, to prevent automatic REQUEST SENSE if the
CAM subsystem does not want it.The only thing left is to set up the timeout, pass our hcb
to the hardware and return, the rest will be done by the
interrupt handler (or timeout handler). ccb_h->timeout_ch = timeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb,
(ccb_h->timeout * hz) / 1000); /* convert milliseconds to ticks */
put_hcb_into_hardware_queue(hcb);
return;And here is a possible implementation of the function
returning CCB: static void
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(struct xxx_hcb *hcb, union ccb *ccb, u_int32_t status)
{
struct xxx_softc *softc = hcb->softc;
ccb->ccb_h.ccb_hcb = 0;
if(hcb != NULL) {
untimeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch);
/* we're about to free a hcb, so the shortage has ended */
if(softc->flags & RESOURCE_SHORTAGE) {
softc->flags &= ~RESOURCE_SHORTAGE;
status |= CAM_RELEASE_SIMQ;
}
free_hcb(hcb); /* also removes hcb from any internal lists */
}
ccb->ccb_h.status = status |
(ccb->ccb_h.status & ~(CAM_STATUS_MASK|CAM_SIM_QUEUED));
xpt_done(ccb);
}XPT_RESET_DEV - send the SCSI "BUS
DEVICE RESET" message to a deviceThere is no data transferred in CCB except the header and
the most interesting argument of it is target_id. Depending on
the controller hardware a hardware control block just like for
the XPT_SCSI_IO request may be constructed (see XPT_SCSI_IO
request description) and sent to the controller or the SCSI
controller may be immediately programmed to send this RESET
message to the device or this request may be just not supported
(and return the status CAM_REQ_INVALID). Also on completion of
the request all the disconnected transactions for this target
must be aborted (probably in the interrupt routine).Also all the current negotiations for the target are lost on
reset, so they might be cleaned too. Or they clearing may be
deferred, because anyway the target would request re-negotiation
on the next transaction.XPT_RESET_BUS - send the RESET signal
to the SCSI busNo arguments are passed in the CCB, the only interesting
argument is the SCSI bus indicated by the struct sim
pointer.A minimalistic implementation would forget the SCSI
negotiations for all the devices on the bus and return the
status CAM_REQ_CMP.The proper implementation would in addition actually reset
the SCSI bus (possible also reset the SCSI controller) and mark
all the CCBs being processed, both those in the hardware queue
and those being disconnected, as done with the status
CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET. Like: int targ, lun;
struct xxx_hcb *h, *hh;
struct ccb_trans_settings neg;
struct cam_path *path;
/* The SCSI bus reset may take a long time, in this case its completion
* should be checked by interrupt or timeout. But for simplicity
* we assume here that it's really fast.
*/
reset_scsi_bus(softc);
/* drop all enqueued CCBs */
for(h = softc->first_queued_hcb; h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh = h->next;
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET);
}
/* the clean values of negotiations to report */
neg.bus_width = 8;
neg.sync_period = neg.sync_offset = 0;
neg.valid = (CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID
| CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID | CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID);
/* drop all disconnected CCBs and clean negotiations */
for(targ=0; targ <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_TARGET; targ++) {
clean_negotiations(softc, targ);
/* report the event if possible */
if(xpt_create_path(&path, /*periph*/NULL,
cam_sim_path(sim), targ,
CAM_LUN_WILDCARD) == CAM_REQ_CMP) {
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, path, &neg);
xpt_free_path(path);
}
for(lun=0; lun <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_LUN; lun++)
for(h = softc->first_discon_hcb[targ][lun]; h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh=h->next;
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET);
}
}
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP;
xpt_done(ccb);
/* report the event */
xpt_async(AC_BUS_RESET, softc->wpath, NULL);
return;Implementing the SCSI bus reset as a function may be a good
idea because it would be re-used by the timeout function as a
last resort if the things go wrong.XPT_ABORT - abort the specified
CCBThe arguments are transferred in the instance "struct
ccb_abort cab" of the union ccb. The only argument field in it
is:abort_ccb - pointer to the CCB to be
abortedIf the abort is not supported just return the status
CAM_UA_ABORT. This is also the easy way to minimally implement
this call, return CAM_UA_ABORT in any case.The hard way is to implement this request honestly. First
check that abort applies to a SCSI transaction: struct ccb *abort_ccb;
abort_ccb = ccb->cab.abort_ccb;
if(abort_ccb->ccb_h.func_code != XPT_SCSI_IO) {
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_UA_ABORT;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}Then it is necessary to find this CCB in our queue. This can
be done by walking the list of all our hardware control blocks
in search for one associated with this CCB: struct xxx_hcb *hcb, *h;
hcb = NULL;
/* We assume that softc->first_hcb is the head of the list of all
* HCBs associated with this bus, including those enqueued for
* processing, being processed by hardware and disconnected ones.
*/
for(h = softc->first_hcb; h != NULL; h = h->next) {
if(h->ccb == abort_ccb) {
hcb = h;
break;
}
}
if(hcb == NULL) {
/* no such CCB in our queue */
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_PATH_INVALID;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}
hcb=found_hcb;Now we look at the current processing status of the HCB. It
may be either sitting in the queue waiting to be sent to the
SCSI bus, being transferred right now, or disconnected and
waiting for the result of the command, or actually completed by
hardware but not yet marked as done by software. To make sure
that we do not get in any races with hardware we mark the HCB as
being aborted, so that if this HCB is about to be sent to the
SCSI bus the SCSI controller will see this flag and skip
it. int hstatus;
/* shown as a function, in case special action is needed to make
* this flag visible to hardware
*/
set_hcb_flags(hcb, HCB_BEING_ABORTED);
abort_again:
hstatus = get_hcb_status(hcb);
switch(hstatus) {
case HCB_SITTING_IN_QUEUE:
remove_hcb_from_hardware_queue(hcb);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case HCB_COMPLETED:
/* this is an easy case */
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, abort_ccb, CAM_REQ_ABORTED);
break;If the CCB is being transferred right now we would like to
signal to the SCSI controller in some hardware-dependent way
that we want to abort the current transfer. The SCSI controller
would set the SCSI ATTENTION signal and when the target responds
to it send an ABORT message. We also reset the timeout to make
sure that the target is not sleeping forever. If the command
would not get aborted in some reasonable time like 10 seconds
the timeout routine would go ahead and reset the whole SCSI bus.
Because the command will be aborted in some reasonable time we
can just return the abort request now as successfully completed,
and mark the aborted CCB as aborted (but not mark it as done
yet). case HCB_BEING_TRANSFERRED:
untimeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, abort_ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch);
abort_ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch =
timeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, 10 * hz);
abort_ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_ABORTED;
/* ask the controller to abort that HCB, then generate
* an interrupt and stop
*/
if(signal_hardware_to_abort_hcb_and_stop(hcb) < 0) {
/* oops, we missed the race with hardware, this transaction
* got off the bus before we aborted it, try again */
goto abort_again;
}
break;If the CCB is in the list of disconnected then set it up as
an abort request and re-queue it at the front of hardware
queue. Reset the timeout and report the abort request to be
completed. case HCB_DISCONNECTED:
untimeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, abort_ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch);
abort_ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch =
timeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, 10 * hz);
put_abort_message_into_hcb(hcb);
put_hcb_at_the_front_of_hardware_queue(hcb);
break;
}
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;That is all for the ABORT request, although there is one more
issue. Because the ABORT message cleans all the ongoing
transactions on a LUN we have to mark all the other active
transactions on this LUN as aborted. That should be done in the
interrupt routine, after the transaction gets aborted.Implementing the CCB abort as a function may be quite a good
idea, this function can be re-used if an I/O transaction times
out. The only difference would be that the timed out transaction
would return the status CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT for the timed out
request. Then the case XPT_ABORT would be small, like
that: case XPT_ABORT:
struct ccb *abort_ccb;
abort_ccb = ccb->cab.abort_ccb;
if(abort_ccb->ccb_h.func_code != XPT_SCSI_IO) {
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_UA_ABORT;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;
}
if(xxx_abort_ccb(abort_ccb, CAM_REQ_ABORTED) < 0)
/* no such CCB in our queue */
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_PATH_INVALID;
else
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;XPT_SET_TRAN_SETTINGS - explicitly
set values of SCSI transfer settingsThe arguments are transferred in the instance "struct ccb_trans_setting cts"
of the union ccb:valid - a bitmask showing
which settings should be updated:CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID
- synchronous transfer rateCCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID
- synchronous offsetCCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID
- bus widthCCB_TRANS_DISC_VALID -
set enable/disable disconnectionCCB_TRANS_TQ_VALID - set
enable/disable tagged queuingflags - consists of two
parts, binary arguments and identification of
- sub-operations. The binary arguments are :
+ sub-operations. The binary arguments are:CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB - enable disconnectionCCB_TRANS_TAG_ENB -
enable tagged queuingthe sub-operations are:CCB_TRANS_CURRENT_SETTINGS
- change the current negotiationsCCB_TRANS_USER_SETTINGS
- remember the desired user values sync_period, sync_offset -
self-explanatory, if sync_offset==0 then the asynchronous mode
is requested bus_width - bus width, in bits (not
bytes)Two sets of negotiated parameters are supported, the user
settings and the current settings. The user settings are not
really used much in the SIM drivers, this is mostly just a piece
of memory where the upper levels can store (and later recall)
its ideas about the parameters. Setting the user parameters
does not cause re-negotiation of the transfer rates. But when
the SCSI controller does a negotiation it must never set the
values higher than the user parameters, so it is essentially the
top boundary.The current settings are, as the name says,
current. Changing them means that the parameters must be
re-negotiated on the next transfer. Again, these "new current
settings" are not supposed to be forced on the device, just they
are used as the initial step of negotiations. Also they must be
limited by actual capabilities of the SCSI controller: for
example, if the SCSI controller has 8-bit bus and the request
asks to set 16-bit wide transfers this parameter must be
silently truncated to 8-bit transfers before sending it to the
device.One caveat is that the bus width and synchronous parameters
are per target while the disconnection and tag enabling
parameters are per lun.The recommended implementation is to keep 3 sets of
negotiated (bus width and synchronous transfer)
parameters:user - the user set, as
abovecurrent - those actually
in effectgoal - those requested by
setting of the "current" parametersThe code looks like: struct ccb_trans_settings *cts;
int targ, lun;
int flags;
cts = &ccb->cts;
targ = ccb_h->target_id;
lun = ccb_h->target_lun;
flags = cts->flags;
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_USER_SETTINGS) {
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID)
softc->user_sync_period[targ] = cts->sync_period;
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID)
softc->user_sync_offset[targ] = cts->sync_offset;
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID)
softc->user_bus_width[targ] = cts->bus_width;
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_DISC_VALID) {
softc->user_tflags[targ][lun] &= ~CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB;
softc->user_tflags[targ][lun] |= flags & CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB;
}
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_TQ_VALID) {
softc->user_tflags[targ][lun] &= ~CCB_TRANS_TQ_ENB;
softc->user_tflags[targ][lun] |= flags & CCB_TRANS_TQ_ENB;
}
}
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_CURRENT_SETTINGS) {
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID)
softc->goal_sync_period[targ] =
max(cts->sync_period, OUR_MIN_SUPPORTED_PERIOD);
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID)
softc->goal_sync_offset[targ] =
min(cts->sync_offset, OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_OFFSET);
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID)
softc->goal_bus_width[targ] = min(cts->bus_width, OUR_BUS_WIDTH);
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_DISC_VALID) {
softc->current_tflags[targ][lun] &= ~CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB;
softc->current_tflags[targ][lun] |= flags & CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB;
}
if(flags & CCB_TRANS_TQ_VALID) {
softc->current_tflags[targ][lun] &= ~CCB_TRANS_TQ_ENB;
softc->current_tflags[targ][lun] |= flags & CCB_TRANS_TQ_ENB;
}
}
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;Then when the next I/O request will be processed it will
check if it has to re-negotiate, for example by calling the
function target_negotiated(hcb). It can be implemented like
this: int
target_negotiated(struct xxx_hcb *hcb)
{
struct softc *softc = hcb->softc;
int targ = hcb->targ;
if( softc->current_sync_period[targ] != softc->goal_sync_period[targ]
|| softc->current_sync_offset[targ] != softc->goal_sync_offset[targ]
|| softc->current_bus_width[targ] != softc->goal_bus_width[targ] )
return 0; /* FALSE */
else
return 1; /* TRUE */
}After the values are re-negotiated the resulting values must
be assigned to both current and goal parameters, so for future
I/O transactions the current and goal parameters would be the
same and target_negotiated() would return
TRUE. When the card is initialized (in
xxx_attach()) the current negotiation
values must be initialized to narrow asynchronous mode, the goal
and current values must be initialized to the maximal values
supported by controller.XPT_GET_TRAN_SETTINGS - get values of
SCSI transfer settingsThis operations is the reverse of
XPT_SET_TRAN_SETTINGS. Fill up the CCB instance "struct
ccb_trans_setting cts" with data as requested by the flags
CCB_TRANS_CURRENT_SETTINGS or CCB_TRANS_USER_SETTINGS (if both
are set then the existing drivers return the current
settings). Set all the bits in the valid field.XPT_CALC_GEOMETRY - calculate logical
(BIOS) geometry of the diskThe arguments are transferred in the instance "struct
ccb_calc_geometry ccg" of the union ccb:block_size - input, block
(A.K.A sector) size in bytesvolume_size - input,
volume size in bytescylinders - output,
logical cylindersheads - output, logical
headssecs_per_track - output,
logical sectors per trackIf the returned geometry differs much enough from what the
SCSI controller BIOS thinks and a disk on this SCSI controller
is used as bootable the system may not be able to boot. The
typical calculation example taken from the aic7xxx driver
is: struct ccb_calc_geometry *ccg;
u_int32_t size_mb;
u_int32_t secs_per_cylinder;
int extended;
ccg = &ccb->ccg;
size_mb = ccg->volume_size
/ ((1024L * 1024L) / ccg->block_size);
extended = check_cards_EEPROM_for_extended_geometry(softc);
if (size_mb > 1024 && extended) {
ccg->heads = 255;
ccg->secs_per_track = 63;
} else {
ccg->heads = 64;
ccg->secs_per_track = 32;
}
secs_per_cylinder = ccg->heads * ccg->secs_per_track;
ccg->cylinders = ccg->volume_size / secs_per_cylinder;
ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP;
xpt_done(ccb);
return;This gives the general idea, the exact calculation depends
on the quirks of the particular BIOS. If BIOS provides no way
set the "extended translation" flag in EEPROM this flag should
normally be assumed equal to 1. Other popular geometries
are: 128 heads, 63 sectors - Symbios controllers
16 heads, 63 sectors - old controllersSome system BIOSes and SCSI BIOSes fight with each other
with variable success, for example a combination of Symbios
875/895 SCSI and Phoenix BIOS can give geometry 128/63 after
power up and 255/63 after a hard reset or soft reboot.XPT_PATH_INQ - path inquiry, in other
words get the SIM driver and SCSI controller (also known as HBA
- Host Bus Adapter) propertiesThe properties are returned in the instance "struct
ccb_pathinq cpi" of the union ccb:version_num - the SIM driver version number, now
all drivers use 1hba_inquiry - bitmask of features supported by
the controller:PI_MDP_ABLE - supports MDP message (something
from SCSI3?)PI_WIDE_32 - supports 32 bit wide
SCSIPI_WIDE_16 - supports 16 bit wide
SCSIPI_SDTR_ABLE - can negotiate synchronous
transfer ratePI_LINKED_CDB - supports linked
commandsPI_TAG_ABLE - supports tagged
commandsPI_SOFT_RST - supports soft reset alternative
(hard reset and soft reset are mutually exclusive within a
SCSI bus)target_sprt - flags for target mode support, 0
if unsupportedhba_misc - miscellaneous controller
features:PIM_SCANHILO - bus scans from high ID to low
IDPIM_NOREMOVE - removable devices not included in
scanPIM_NOINITIATOR - initiator role not
supportedPIM_NOBUSRESET - user has disabled initial BUS
RESEThba_eng_cnt - mysterious HBA engine count,
something related to compression, now is always set to
0vuhba_flags - vendor-unique flags, unused
nowmax_target - maximal supported target ID (7 for
8-bit bus, 15 for 16-bit bus, 127 for Fibre
Channel)max_lun - maximal supported LUN ID (7 for older
SCSI controllers, 63 for newer ones)async_flags - bitmask of installed Async
handler, unused nowhpath_id - highest Path ID in the subsystem,
unused nowunit_number - the controller unit number,
cam_sim_unit(sim)bus_id - the bus number,
cam_sim_bus(sim)initiator_id - the SCSI ID of the controller
itselfbase_transfer_speed - nominal transfer speed in
KB/s for asynchronous narrow transfers, equals to 3300 for
SCSIsim_vid - SIM driver's vendor id, a
zero-terminated string of maximal length SIM_IDLEN including
the terminating zerohba_vid - SCSI controller's vendor id, a
zero-terminated string of maximal length HBA_IDLEN including
the terminating zerodev_name - device driver name, a zero-terminated
string of maximal length DEV_IDLEN including the terminating
zero, equal to cam_sim_name(sim)The recommended way of setting the string fields is using
strncpy, like: strncpy(cpi->dev_name, cam_sim_name(sim), DEV_IDLEN);After setting the values set the status to CAM_REQ_CMP and mark the
CCB as done.Pollingstatic void
xxx_pollstruct cam_sim *simThe poll function is used to simulate the interrupts when
the interrupt subsystem is not functioning (for example, when
the system has crashed and is creating the system dump). The CAM
subsystem sets the proper interrupt level before calling the
poll routine. So all it needs to do is to call the interrupt
routine (or the other way around, the poll routine may be doing
the real action and the interrupt routine would just call the
- poll routine). Why bother about a separate function then ?
+ poll routine). Why bother about a separate function then?
Because of different calling conventions. The
xxx_poll routine gets the struct cam_sim
pointer as its argument when the PCI interrupt routine by common
convention gets pointer to the struct
xxx_softc and the ISA interrupt routine
gets just the device unit number. So the poll routine would
normally look as:static void
xxx_poll(struct cam_sim *sim)
{
xxx_intr((struct xxx_softc *)cam_sim_softc(sim)); /* for PCI device */
}orstatic void
xxx_poll(struct cam_sim *sim)
{
xxx_intr(cam_sim_unit(sim)); /* for ISA device */
}Asynchronous EventsIf an asynchronous event callback has been set up then the
callback function should be defined.static void
ahc_async(void *callback_arg, u_int32_t code, struct cam_path *path, void *arg)callback_arg - the value supplied when registering the
callbackcode - identifies the type of eventpath - identifies the devices to which the event
appliesarg - event-specific argumentImplementation for a single type of event, AC_LOST_DEVICE,
looks like: struct xxx_softc *softc;
struct cam_sim *sim;
int targ;
struct ccb_trans_settings neg;
sim = (struct cam_sim *)callback_arg;
softc = (struct xxx_softc *)cam_sim_softc(sim);
switch (code) {
case AC_LOST_DEVICE:
targ = xpt_path_target_id(path);
if(targ <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_TARGET) {
clean_negotiations(softc, targ);
/* send indication to CAM */
neg.bus_width = 8;
neg.sync_period = neg.sync_offset = 0;
neg.valid = (CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID
| CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID | CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID);
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, path, &neg);
}
break;
default:
break;
}InterruptsThe exact type of the interrupt routine depends on the type
of the peripheral bus (PCI, ISA and so on) to which the SCSI
controller is connected.The interrupt routines of the SIM drivers run at the
interrupt level splcam. So splcam() should
be used in the driver to synchronize activity between the
interrupt routine and the rest of the driver (for a
multiprocessor-aware driver things get yet more interesting but
we ignore this case here). The pseudo-code in this document
happily ignores the problems of synchronization. The real code
must not ignore them. A simple-minded approach is to set
splcam() on the entry to the other routines
and reset it on return thus protecting them by one big critical
section. To make sure that the interrupt level will be always
restored a wrapper function can be defined, like: static void
xxx_action(struct cam_sim *sim, union ccb *ccb)
{
int s;
s = splcam();
xxx_action1(sim, ccb);
splx(s);
}
static void
xxx_action1(struct cam_sim *sim, union ccb *ccb)
{
... process the request ...
}This approach is simple and robust but the problem with it
is that interrupts may get blocked for a relatively long time
and this would negatively affect the system's performance. On
the other hand the functions of the spl()
family have rather high overhead, so vast amount of tiny
critical sections may not be good either.The conditions handled by the interrupt routine and the
details depend very much on the hardware. We consider the set of
"typical" conditions.First, we check if a SCSI reset was encountered on the bus
(probably caused by another SCSI controller on the same SCSI
bus). If so we drop all the enqueued and disconnected requests,
report the events and re-initialize our SCSI controller. It is
important that during this initialization the controller will not
issue another reset or else two controllers on the same SCSI bus
could ping-pong resets forever. The case of fatal controller
error/hang could be handled in the same place, but it will
probably need also sending RESET signal to the SCSI bus to reset
the status of the connections with the SCSI devices. int fatal=0;
struct ccb_trans_settings neg;
struct cam_path *path;
if( detected_scsi_reset(softc)
|| (fatal = detected_fatal_controller_error(softc)) ) {
int targ, lun;
struct xxx_hcb *h, *hh;
/* drop all enqueued CCBs */
for(h = softc->first_queued_hcb; h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh = h->next;
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET);
}
/* the clean values of negotiations to report */
neg.bus_width = 8;
neg.sync_period = neg.sync_offset = 0;
neg.valid = (CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID
| CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID | CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID);
/* drop all disconnected CCBs and clean negotiations */
for(targ=0; targ <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_TARGET; targ++) {
clean_negotiations(softc, targ);
/* report the event if possible */
if(xpt_create_path(&path, /*periph*/NULL,
cam_sim_path(sim), targ,
CAM_LUN_WILDCARD) == CAM_REQ_CMP) {
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, path, &neg);
xpt_free_path(path);
}
for(lun=0; lun <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_LUN; lun++)
for(h = softc->first_discon_hcb[targ][lun]; h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh=h->next;
if(fatal)
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_UNREC_HBA_ERROR);
else
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET);
}
}
/* report the event */
xpt_async(AC_BUS_RESET, softc->wpath, NULL);
/* re-initialization may take a lot of time, in such case
* its completion should be signaled by another interrupt or
* checked on timeout - but for simplicity we assume here that
* it's really fast
*/
if(!fatal) {
reinitialize_controller_without_scsi_reset(softc);
} else {
reinitialize_controller_with_scsi_reset(softc);
}
schedule_next_hcb(softc);
return;
}If interrupt is not caused by a controller-wide condition
then probably something has happened to the current hardware
control block. Depending on the hardware there may be other
non-HCB-related events, we just do not consider them here. Then
we analyze what happened to this HCB: struct xxx_hcb *hcb, *h, *hh;
int hcb_status, scsi_status;
int ccb_status;
int targ;
int lun_to_freeze;
hcb = get_current_hcb(softc);
if(hcb == NULL) {
/* either stray interrupt or something went very wrong
* or this is something hardware-dependent
*/
handle as necessary;
return;
}
targ = hcb->target;
hcb_status = get_status_of_current_hcb(softc);First we check if the HCB has completed and if so we check
the returned SCSI status. if(hcb_status == COMPLETED) {
scsi_status = get_completion_status(hcb);Then look if this status is related to the REQUEST SENSE
command and if so handle it in a simple way. if(hcb->flags & DOING_AUTOSENSE) {
if(scsi_status == GOOD) { /* autosense was successful */
hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_AUTOSNS_VALID;
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR);
} else {
autosense_failed:
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, CAM_AUTOSENSE_FAIL);
}
schedule_next_hcb(softc);
return;
}Else the command itself has completed, pay more attention to
details. If auto-sense is not disabled for this CCB and the
command has failed with sense data then run REQUEST SENSE
command to receive that data. hcb->ccb->csio.scsi_status = scsi_status;
calculate_residue(hcb);
if( (hcb->ccb->ccb_h.flags & CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE)==0
&& ( scsi_status == CHECK_CONDITION
|| scsi_status == COMMAND_TERMINATED) ) {
/* start auto-SENSE */
hcb->flags |= DOING_AUTOSENSE;
setup_autosense_command_in_hcb(hcb);
restart_current_hcb(softc);
return;
}
if(scsi_status == GOOD)
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, CAM_REQ_CMP);
else
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR);
schedule_next_hcb(softc);
return;
}One typical thing would be negotiation events: negotiation
messages received from a SCSI target (in answer to our
negotiation attempt or by target's initiative) or the target is
unable to negotiate (rejects our negotiation messages or does
not answer them). switch(hcb_status) {
case TARGET_REJECTED_WIDE_NEG:
/* revert to 8-bit bus */
softc->current_bus_width[targ] = softc->goal_bus_width[targ] = 8;
/* report the event */
neg.bus_width = 8;
neg.valid = CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID;
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, hcb->ccb.ccb_h.path_id, &neg);
continue_current_hcb(softc);
return;
case TARGET_ANSWERED_WIDE_NEG:
{
int wd;
wd = get_target_bus_width_request(softc);
if(wd <= softc->goal_bus_width[targ]) {
/* answer is acceptable */
softc->current_bus_width[targ] =
softc->goal_bus_width[targ] = neg.bus_width = wd;
/* report the event */
neg.valid = CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID;
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, hcb->ccb.ccb_h.path_id, &neg);
} else {
prepare_reject_message(hcb);
}
}
continue_current_hcb(softc);
return;
case TARGET_REQUESTED_WIDE_NEG:
{
int wd;
wd = get_target_bus_width_request(softc);
wd = min (wd, OUR_BUS_WIDTH);
wd = min (wd, softc->user_bus_width[targ]);
if(wd != softc->current_bus_width[targ]) {
/* the bus width has changed */
softc->current_bus_width[targ] =
softc->goal_bus_width[targ] = neg.bus_width = wd;
/* report the event */
neg.valid = CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID;
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, hcb->ccb.ccb_h.path_id, &neg);
}
prepare_width_nego_rsponse(hcb, wd);
}
continue_current_hcb(softc);
return;
}Then we handle any errors that could have happened during
auto-sense in the same simple-minded way as before. Otherwise we
look closer at the details again. if(hcb->flags & DOING_AUTOSENSE)
goto autosense_failed;
switch(hcb_status) {The next event we consider is unexpected disconnect. Which
is considered normal after an ABORT or BUS DEVICE RESET message
and abnormal in other cases. case UNEXPECTED_DISCONNECT:
if(requested_abort(hcb)) {
/* abort affects all commands on that target+LUN, so
* mark all disconnected HCBs on that target+LUN as aborted too
*/
for(h = softc->first_discon_hcb[hcb->target][hcb->lun];
h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh=h->next;
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_REQ_ABORTED);
}
ccb_status = CAM_REQ_ABORTED;
} else if(requested_bus_device_reset(hcb)) {
int lun;
/* reset affects all commands on that target, so
* mark all disconnected HCBs on that target+LUN as reset
*/
for(lun=0; lun <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_LUN; lun++)
for(h = softc->first_discon_hcb[hcb->target][lun];
h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh=h->next;
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET);
}
/* send event */
xpt_async(AC_SENT_BDR, hcb->ccb->ccb_h.path_id, NULL);
/* this was the CAM_RESET_DEV request itself, it's completed */
ccb_status = CAM_REQ_CMP;
} else {
calculate_residue(hcb);
ccb_status = CAM_UNEXP_BUSFREE;
/* request the further code to freeze the queue */
hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN;
lun_to_freeze = hcb->lun;
}
break;If the target refuses to accept tags we notify CAM about
that and return back all commands for this LUN: case TAGS_REJECTED:
/* report the event */
neg.flags = 0 & ~CCB_TRANS_TAG_ENB;
neg.valid = CCB_TRANS_TQ_VALID;
xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, hcb->ccb.ccb_h.path_id, &neg);
ccb_status = CAM_MSG_REJECT_REC;
/* request the further code to freeze the queue */
hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN;
lun_to_freeze = hcb->lun;
break;Then we check a number of other conditions, with processing
basically limited to setting the CCB status: case SELECTION_TIMEOUT:
ccb_status = CAM_SEL_TIMEOUT;
/* request the further code to freeze the queue */
hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN;
lun_to_freeze = CAM_LUN_WILDCARD;
break;
case PARITY_ERROR:
ccb_status = CAM_UNCOR_PARITY;
break;
case DATA_OVERRUN:
case ODD_WIDE_TRANSFER:
ccb_status = CAM_DATA_RUN_ERR;
break;
default:
/* all other errors are handled in a generic way */
ccb_status = CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR;
/* request the further code to freeze the queue */
hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN;
lun_to_freeze = CAM_LUN_WILDCARD;
break;
}Then we check if the error was serious enough to freeze the
input queue until it gets proceeded and do so if it is: if(hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status & CAM_DEV_QFRZN) {
/* freeze the queue */
xpt_freeze_devq(ccb->ccb_h.path, /*count*/1);
/* re-queue all commands for this target/LUN back to CAM */
for(h = softc->first_queued_hcb; h != NULL; h = hh) {
hh = h->next;
if(targ == h->targ
&& (lun_to_freeze == CAM_LUN_WILDCARD || lun_to_freeze == h->lun) )
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_REQUEUE_REQ);
}
}
free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, ccb_status);
schedule_next_hcb(softc);
return;This concludes the generic interrupt handling although
specific controllers may require some additions.Errors SummaryWhen executing an I/O request many things may go wrong. The
reason of error can be reported in the CCB status with great
detail. Examples of use are spread throughout this document. For
completeness here is the summary of recommended responses for
the typical error conditions:CAM_RESRC_UNAVAIL - some
resource is temporarily unavailable and the SIM driver cannot
generate an event when it will become available. An example of
this resource would be some intra-controller hardware resource
for which the controller does not generate an interrupt when
it becomes available.CAM_UNCOR_PARITY -
unrecovered parity error occurredCAM_DATA_RUN_ERR - data
overrun or unexpected data phase (going in other direction
than specified in CAM_DIR_MASK) or odd transfer length for
wide transferCAM_SEL_TIMEOUT - selection
timeout occurred (target does not respond)CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT - command
timeout occurred (the timeout function ran)CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR - the
device returned errorCAM_AUTOSENSE_FAIL - the
device returned error and the REQUEST SENSE COMMAND
failedCAM_MSG_REJECT_REC - MESSAGE
REJECT message was receivedCAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET - received
SCSI bus resetCAM_REQ_CMP_ERR -
"impossible" SCSI phase occurred or something else as weird or
just a generic error if further detail is not
availableCAM_UNEXP_BUSFREE -
unexpected disconnect occurredCAM_BDR_SENT - BUS DEVICE
RESET message was sent to the targetCAM_UNREC_HBA_ERROR -
unrecoverable Host Bus Adapter ErrorCAM_REQ_TOO_BIG - the request
was too large for this controllerCAM_REQUEUE_REQ - this
request should be re-queued to preserve transaction ordering.
This typically occurs when the SIM recognizes an error that
should freeze the queue and must place other queued requests
for the target at the sim level back into the XPT
queue. Typical cases of such errors are selection timeouts,
command timeouts and other like conditions. In such cases the
troublesome command returns the status indicating the error,
the and the other commands which have not be sent to the bus
yet get re-queued.CAM_LUN_INVALID - the LUN
ID in the request is not supported by the SCSI
controllerCAM_TID_INVALID - the
target ID in the request is not supported by the SCSI
controllerTimeout HandlingWhen the timeout for an HCB expires that request should be
aborted, just like with an XPT_ABORT request. The only
difference is that the returned status of aborted request should
be CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT instead of CAM_REQ_ABORTED (that is why
implementation of the abort better be done as a function). But
there is one more possible problem: what if the abort request
itself will get stuck? In this case the SCSI bus should be
reset, just like with an XPT_RESET_BUS request (and the idea
about implementing it as a function called from both places
applies here too). Also we should reset the whole SCSI bus if a
device reset request got stuck. So after all the timeout
function would look like:static void
xxx_timeout(void *arg)
{
struct xxx_hcb *hcb = (struct xxx_hcb *)arg;
struct xxx_softc *softc;
struct ccb_hdr *ccb_h;
softc = hcb->softc;
ccb_h = &hcb->ccb->ccb_h;
if(hcb->flags & HCB_BEING_ABORTED
|| ccb_h->func_code == XPT_RESET_DEV) {
xxx_reset_bus(softc);
} else {
xxx_abort_ccb(hcb->ccb, CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT);
}
}When we abort a request all the other disconnected requests
to the same target/LUN get aborted too. So there appears a
question, should we return them with status CAM_REQ_ABORTED or
- CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT ? The current drivers use CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT. This
+ CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT? The current drivers use CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT. This
seems logical because if one request got timed out then probably
something really bad is happening to the device, so if they
would not be disturbed they would time out by themselves.
diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/secure/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/secure/chapter.sgml
index ad82dadf93..a8c1eb3e18 100644
--- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/secure/chapter.sgml
+++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/secure/chapter.sgml
@@ -1,516 +1,517 @@
Secure ProgrammingThis chapter was written by &a.murray;.SynopsisThis chapter describes some of the security issues that
have plagued Unix programmers for decades and some of the new
tools available to help programmers avoid writing exploitable
code.Secure Design
MethodologyWriting secure applications takes a very scrutinous and
pessimistic outlook on life. Applications should be run with
the principle of least privilege so that no
process is ever running with more than the bare minimum access
that it needs to accomplish its function. Previously tested
code should be reused whenever possible to avoid common
mistakes that others may have already fixed.One of the pitfalls of the Unix environment is how easy it
is to make assumptions about the sanity of the environment.
Applications should never trust user input (in all its forms),
system resources, inter-process communication, or the timing of
events. Unix processes do not execute synchronously so logical
operations are rarely atomic.Buffer OverflowsBuffer Overflows have been around since the very
beginnings of the Von-Neuman architecture.
buffer overflowVon-Neuman
They first gained widespread notoriety in 1988 with the Morris
Internet worm. Unfortunately, the same basic attack remains
Morris Internet worm
effective today. Of the 17 CERT security advisories of 1999, 10
CERTsecurity advisories
of them were directly caused by buffer-overflow software bugs.
By far the most common type of buffer overflow attack is based
on corrupting the stack.stackargumentsMost modern computer systems use a stack to pass arguments
to procedures and to store local variables. A stack is a last
in first out (LIFO) buffer in the high memory area of a process
image. When a program invokes a function a new "stack frame" is
LIFOprocess imagestack pointer
created. This stack frame consists of the arguments passed to
the function as well as a dynamic amount of local variable
space. The "stack pointer" is a register that holds the current
stack framestack pointer
location of the top of the stack. Since this value is
constantly changing as new values are pushed onto the top of the
stack, many implementations also provide a "frame pointer" that
is located near the beginning of a stack frame so that local
variables can more easily be addressed relative to this
value. The return address for function
frame pointerprocess imageframe pointerreturn addressstack-overflow
calls is also stored on the stack, and this is the cause of
stack-overflow exploits since overflowing a local variable in a
function can overwrite the return address of that function,
potentially allowing a malicious user to execute any code he or
she wants.Although stack-based attacks are by far the most common,
it would also be possible to overrun the stack with a heap-based
(malloc/free) attack.The C programming language does not perform automatic
bounds checking on arrays or pointers as many other languages
do. In addition, the standard C library is filled with a
handful of very dangerous functions.strcpy(char *dest, const char
*src)May overflow the dest bufferstrcat(char *dest, const char
*src)May overflow the dest buffergetwd(char *buf)May overflow the buf buffergets(char *s)May overflow the s buffer[vf]scanf(const char *format,
...)May overflow its arguments.realpath(char *path, char
resolved_path[])May overflow the path buffer[v]sprintf(char *str, const char
*format, ...)May overflow the str buffer.Example Buffer OverflowThe following example code contains a buffer overflow
designed to overwrite the return address and skip the
instruction immediately following the function call. (Inspired
by )#include stdio.h
void manipulate(char *buffer) {
char newbuffer[80];
strcpy(newbuffer,buffer);
}
int main() {
char ch,buffer[4096];
int i=0;
while ((buffer[i++] = getchar()) != '\n') {};
i=1;
manipulate(buffer);
i=2;
printf("The value of i is : %d\n",i);
return 0;
}Let us examine what the memory image of this process would
look like if we were to input 160 spaces into our little program
before hitting return.[XXX figure here!]Obviously more malicious input can be devised to execute
actual compiled instructions (such as exec(/bin/sh)).Avoiding Buffer OverflowsThe most straightforward solution to the problem of
stack-overflows is to always use length restricted memory and
string copy functions. strncpy and
strncat are part of the standard C library.
string copy functionsstrncpystring copy functionsstrncat
These functions accept a length value as a parameter which
should be no larger than the size of the destination buffer.
These functions will then copy up to `length' bytes from the
source to the destination. However there are a number of
problems with these functions. Neither function guarantees NUL
termination if the size of the input buffer is as large as the
NUL termination
destination. The length parameter is also used inconsistently
between strncpy and strncat so it is easy for programmers to get
confused as to their proper usage. There is also a significant
performance loss compared to strcpy when
copying a short string into a large buffer since
strncpy NUL fills up the size
specified.In OpenBSD, another memory copy implementation has been
OpenBSD
created to get around these problem. The
strlcpy and strlcat
functions guarantee that they will always null terminate the
destination string when given a non-zero length argument. For
more information about these functions see . The OpenBSD strlcpy and
strlcat instructions have been in FreeBSD
since 3.3.string copy functionsstrlcpystring copy functionsstrlcatCompiler based run-time bounds checkingbounds checkingcompiler-basedUnfortunately there is still a very large assortment of
code in public use which blindly copies memory around without
using any of the bounded copy routines we just discussed.
Fortunately, there is another solution. Several compiler
add-ons and libraries exist to do Run-time bounds checking in
C/C++.StackGuardgccStackGuard is one such add-on that is implemented as a
small patch to the gcc code generator. From the StackGuard
website:
"StackGuard detects and defeats stack
smashing attacks by protecting the return address on the stack
from being altered. StackGuard places a "canary" word next to
the return address when a function is called. If the canary
word has been altered when the function returns, then a stack
smashing attack has been attempted, and the program responds
by emitting an intruder alert into syslog, and then
halts."
"StackGuard is implemented as a small patch
to the gcc code generator, specifically the function_prolog()
and function_epilog() routines. function_prolog() has been
enhanced to lay down canaries on the stack when functions
start, and function_epilog() checks canary integrity when the
function exits. Any attempt at corrupting the return address
is thus detected before the function
returns."
buffer overflowRecompiling your application with StackGuard is an
effective means of stopping most buffer-overflow attacks, but
it can still be compromised.Library based run-time bounds checkingbounds checkinglibrary-basedCompiler-based mechanisms are completely useless for
binary-only software for which you cannot recompile. For
these situations there are a number of libraries which
re-implement the unsafe functions of the C-library
(strcpy, fscanf,
getwd, etc..) and ensure that these
functions can never write past the stack pointer.libsafelibverifylibparnoiaUnfortunately these library-based defenses have a number
of shortcomings. These libraries only protect against a very
small set of security related issues and they neglect to fix
the actual problem. These defenses may fail if the
application was compiled with -fomit-frame-pointer. Also, the
LD_PRELOAD and LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variables can be
overwritten/unset by the user.SetUID issuesseteuidThere are at least 6 different IDs associated with any
given process. Because of this you have to be very careful with
the access that your process has at any given time. In
particular, all seteuid applications should give up their
privileges as soon as it is no longer required.user IDsreal user IDuser IDseffective user IDThe real user ID can only be changed by a superuser
process. The login program sets this
when a user initially logs in and it is seldom changed.The effective user ID is set by the
exec() functions if a program has its
seteuid bit set. An application can call
seteuid() at any time to set the effective
user ID to either the real user ID or the saved set-user-ID.
When the effective user ID is set by exec()
functions, the previous value is saved in the saved set-user-ID.Limiting your program's environmentchroot()The traditional method of restricting a process
is with the chroot() system call. This
system call changes the root directory from which all other
paths are referenced for a process and any child processes. For
this call to succeed the process must have execute (search)
permission on the directory being referenced. The new
environment does not actually take effect until you
chdir() into your new environment. It
should also be noted that a process can easily break out of a
chroot environment if it has root privilege. This could be
accomplished by creating device nodes to read kernel memory,
attaching a debugger to a process outside of the jail, or in
many other creative ways.The behavior of the chroot() system
call can be controlled somewhat with the
kern.chroot_allow_open_directories sysctl
variable. When this value is set to 0,
chroot() will fail with EPERM if there are
any directories open. If set to the default value of 1, then
chroot() will fail with EPERM if there are
any directories open and the process is already subject to a
chroot() call. For any other value, the
check for open directories will be bypassed completely.FreeBSD's jail functionalityjailThe concept of a Jail extends upon the
chroot() by limiting the powers of the
superuser to create a true `virtual server'. Once a prison is
setup all network communication must take place through the
specified IP address, and the power of "root privilege" in this
jail is severely constrained.While in a prison, any tests of superuser power within the
kernel using the suser() call will fail.
However, some calls to suser() have been
changed to a new interface suser_xxx().
This function is responsible for recognizing or denying access
to superuser power for imprisoned processes.A superuser process within a jailed environment has the
- power to :
+ power to:
+
Manipulate credential with
setuid, seteuid,
setgid, setegid,
setgroups, setreuid,
setregid, setloginSet resource limits with setrlimitModify some sysctl nodes
(kern.hostname)chroot()Set flags on a vnode:
chflags,
fchflagsSet attributes of a vnode such as file
permission, owner, group, size, access time, and modification
time.Bind to privileged ports in the Internet
domain (ports < 1024)Jail is a very useful tool for
running applications in a secure environment but it does have
some shortcomings. Currently, the IPC mechanisms have not been
converted to the suser_xxx so applications
such as MySQL cannot be run within a jail. Superuser access
may have a very limited meaning within a jail, but there is
no way to specify exactly what "very limited" means.POSIX.1e Process CapabilitiesPOSIX.1e Process CapabilitiesTrustedBSDPosix has released a working draft that adds event
auditing, access control lists, fine grained privileges,
information labeling, and mandatory access control.This is a work in progress and is the focus of the TrustedBSD project. Some
of the initial work has been committed to FreeBSD-current
(cap_set_proc(3)).TrustAn application should never assume that anything about the
users environment is sane. This includes (but is certainly not
- limited to) : user input, signals, environment variables,
+ limited to): user input, signals, environment variables,
resources, IPC, mmaps, the file system working directory, file
descriptors, the # of open files, etc.positive filteringdata validationYou should never assume that you can catch all forms of
invalid input that a user might supply. Instead, your
application should use positive filtering to only allow a
specific subset of inputs that you deem safe. Improper data
validation has been the cause of many exploits, especially with
CGI scripts on the world wide web. For filenames you need to be
extra careful about paths ("../", "/"), symbolic links, and
shell escape characters.Perl Taint modePerl has a really cool feature called "Taint" mode which
can be used to prevent scripts from using data derived outside
the program in an unsafe way. This mode will check command line
arguments, environment variables, locale information, the
results of certain syscalls (readdir(),
readlink(),
getpwxxx(), and all file input.Race ConditionsA race condition is anomalous behavior caused by the
unexpected dependence on the relative timing of events. In
other words, a programmer incorrectly assumed that a particular
event would always happen before another.race conditionssignalsrace conditionsaccess checksrace conditionsfile opensSome of the common causes of race conditions are signals,
access checks, and file opens. Signals are asynchronous events
by nature so special care must be taken in dealing with them.
Checking access with access(2) then
open(2) is clearly non-atomic. Users can
move files in between the two calls. Instead, privileged
applications should seteuid() and then call
open() directly. Along the same lines, an
application should always set a proper umask before
open() to obviate the need for spurious
chmod() calls.